HP G50 Maintenance And Service Manual
HP G50 Notebook PC and Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Maintenance and Service Guide
© Copyright 2008 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Athlon, Sempron, and Turion ar e trademarks of Advanced Mi cro Devic es, Inc. Inte l, Celeron, Core, and Pentium are trade marks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SD Logo is a tra demark of its proprietor. The information contained her ein is subje ct to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statemen ts accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional wa rranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial err ors or omissions contained herein. Third Edition: October 2008 First Edition: June 2008 Document Part Number: 482521-003
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the p ossibility of heat-related inju ries or of overheatin g the comp uter, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another ha rd surfac e, such as a n adjoining optio nal printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also , do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such a s pillows or rugs or clothing, during op eration. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessibl e surface temp erature limits de fined by the In ternational Standard for Safety of Info rmation Techn ology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii
iv Safety warning no tice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 External component identific ation Top components ................ ............ ............ ................ ............ ............ ............... .............. ... .................. . 6 Displa y componen ts ............. ............. ............ .................. .............. ............... .............. ......... 6 Butto ns and sp eaker s ..... ........... ........ ......... ......... .......... ........ ........... ........ ........ ......... .......... 7 Keys ......... ......... .......... .......... ............ ......... .......... ............ .......... ......... .......... ............ .......... . 8 TouchPad ...... ......... ............ ........ ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ........... ........ ......... ....... ........ ........ 9 Front components .................... ............. ............ ............... ............ ............. ............... .......... ............ .... 10 Right-side components ................ ............ ............... ............ ............. ............... ............ .......... ......... ..... 11 Rear component ............... ......... .......... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... ............ ..... .......... .. 11 Left-side components ........... ........ .......... ......... .... ........ ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ........ .... ........... .... 12 Bottom components ........... ............ ............... .............. ........... ............... ............ .............. ..... .............. 13 3 Illustrated parts cata log Serial number location .............. ............ ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... ........... ....... ......... 14 Computer major components ......... ..................... .................. .................... .................. ............... .. ...... 15 Display assembly components .......... .......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ........... ........... .......... ..... ........ 22 Plastics Kit ............ ............. .......... .......... .......... ............. .......... .......... .......... ............. ... .............. .......... 23 Mass storage devices ............. ............ ............... ............ ............. ............... ............ ............ .. ............... 24 Miscellaneous parts ...................... ............. ............... ............ ........... ................ ............. ..... ................ . 25 Sequential part number listing .............. .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... ............. ......... ......... ........ .... 26 4 Remova l and replacemen t procedures Preliminary replacement requiremen ts ............ ............ ............ ............... ............ ............. ............ .. ..... 32 Tools required .................. ......... .......... ............ ......... ......... ........... .......... ......... ............ ... .... 32 Service considerations ............ ........... ............ .............. ............ ........... ............ .......... ......... 32 Plastic parts ............. .......... .......... .............. ........... ........... .......... ............. ........... 32 Cables and connectors .......... ............. .......... ............ ........... ........... ............ ...... 33 Drive hand ling ................... .......................... ........................ .............. ................ 33 Grounding guidelines ................ ......... ........... .......... ........... ......... .......... ........... ......... ......... 34 Electr ostatic dis charge damage ........ ........................... ....................... .............. 34 Packaging and tr ansporting gu idelines ... ... ........ .......... ......... .......... .. 35 v
Workstation guidelines ............... ........... .......... ......... ............ ......... ... 35 Equipment g uidelines ......... . ........................... ............................ ..... . 36 Unknown us er password ............................ .................................. ................................. .... 37 Component replacement pr ocedures ... ................... ........... .................... ................... ........... ........... ... 38 Serial nu mber ................... ......................... ........................... ........................... ............... ... 38 Computer fe et ............... .................. .................. .................. ................. ................... ........ ... 39 Battery ......................... ..................... ...................... .............. ....................... .............. ........ 40 Optical drive .......... ............ ......... .......... ......... ........... ........... ........ .......... ............ ......... .. .... .. 41 Hard d rive ........... ................... ..................... .................... ............ ................... .............. ...... 43 RTC batter y ............... ............................ ...................... ........................... ....................... .... 46 Memory module ............... .................. ................... .................. ................... ................ ........ 47 WLAN module .......... ................ ........... ........... ............... ........... ............ .............. ........... .... . 49 Keyboard . .......................... ....................... .......................... ...................... .................... .... . 52 Keyboard cover ................... ........... ............ .............. ........... ............ .............. ........... ........ .. 54 Power bu tton board .. .............................. .......................... .............................. ................... 56 Display assembly .............. ......... ......... ........... .......... ......... ............ ........ ........... .......... ....... . 57 Top cover ................ ........ ........... ......... ............ ......... .......... ......... ............ .......... ......... .. .... .. 64 TouchPa d on/off butto n board .......... ........................... ......................... ........................ ..... 66 TouchPa d button board .......... ....................... ....................... ...................... ............. .......... 68 Audio boar d ............. ........................ ............... .......................... ....................... .............. .... 70 Bluetooth module ............ ............ ......... .......... ............ ......... .......... ........... ......... ......... ....... . 71 Speakers ............ ............... ............ ............ ............. ............ ............ ............... .......... ..... ...... 72 USB boar d ............... ............ .................. ..................... ..................... ................... ........... . ... 73 System board ............... ............ ........... ............ .............. ........... ............ ............... ............ ... 74 RJ-11 connector cable ....... ......... ............ ......... ........ ............ ......... ......... ........... .......... ....... 7 7 Fan/heat s ink assembly . .................... ................. ........... .................... ................... ............. 79 Processor ......... ............ ............. ............ ............ .............. ........... ............ ............ .......... ...... 82 Power c onnector cabl e ............. ......................... ..................... ........................ ................... 8 3 5 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility .......... ........... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... ...... ......... ........ 85 Changing the language of the Setup Utility ............ .................................................. .......... ............ .... 85 Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility ......... ............................ ............................. ............... ..... 86 Displaying system information ............. ............... ............ ........... ................ ........... .............. ..... ........... 86 Restoring default settings in the Setu p Utilit y ........... ........... ......... .......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ...... 87 Exiting t he Setup Utility ................... .............. .......................... ......................... ................. .. ............... 88 Setup Utility menus ........ .............. ............. .......................................... .................... .......... .... ............. 88 Main menu ............... ........... ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... ............ ............ .......... ........... 89 Secur ity menu ......... ..................... ....................... .................... ............. ..................... ...... .......... ......... 90 System C onfiguration menu .......... .................. .................... .................. ................. .................. ....... ... 91 Diagnostics menu .............. .......... ......... .......... ............. .......... ......... .......... .............. ......... .. ............. .... 92 6 Specification s vi
Computer specifications ........... ......... ........ ........ .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ........ ......... ..... .......... . ... 93 15.4-inch, WXGA display specifications ........... ........... ......... ......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ...... ..... 94 Hard d rive sp ecifications ... ..................... ..................... ..................... ..................... .............. ............... 95 DVD±RW an d CD-RW Supe rMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specificat ions .................................. 96 Blu-ray BD-ROM with Super Multi DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications ...... .......... ........... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... ............ ....... ........... ........... 97 System DMA specifications ........... .......... ......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ......... ............ ...... ........... 98 System interrupt specifications ................... ............ ............... .............. ............... ........... ......... ....... ..... 99 System I/O address specifications ............. .......... ......... ............ ......... .......... ............ ........ .......... ...... 100 System memory map specifications ........ .......... ............ ......... ............ ......... .......... ........... ......... .... ... 102 7 Screw listing Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw ............. .......... ............. ........... ........... .............. .......... .............. ..... .......... 104 Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw ... .......... ............. ........... ........... .............. .......... .......... ........... ...... 106 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 107 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw ........... .......... .............. .......... .............. .......... ............ ............. .. ..... 110 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 111 Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 113 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 114 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 115 Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 116 Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw ... .......... ............. ........... ........... .............. .......... .......... ........... ...... 118 8 Backup and recovery Recovering system information ............... ............ ..... ............. ............ ........... ................ ........... .. ....... 119 Creating recovery discs ............. ............ ........ ............ ......... ......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 119 Backing up your information ....... ......... ............ ......... .......... ......... ........ ............ ......... ....... 120 When to back up ... ........... ........ .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... .... 120 Backup suggestions ..... .......... ............. ........... ............. .......... .............. .......... .. 120 Using system restore points ........... ......... .......... ........... .......... ........... ......... ........... .......... 121 When to create restore points .......... ............. ........... ............ .......... ............ ..... 121 Create a system restore point .......... .......... .............. .......... ............ .......... ....... 121 Restore t o a previous dat e and time ....... . ............ ..................... ..................... . 121 Perfo rming a recovery .... ................. .................... ................... .................. .......... ............. 123 Recovering from the recovery discs .......... ........... ............. ........... .......... ......... 123 Recoverin g from the dedicated rec overy partition (se lect models only) .......... 123 9 Connector pin as signment s Audio-out (headphone) ....................... .............. ........... ............... .............. ........... ................ . ............ 124 Audio-in (microphone) ................... ............. ............ ............ ............... ............. ............ ......... ......... .... 124 External monitor ................ .......... ........... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ......... ............ ..... 125 RJ-11 (modem) ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... ........ . ............... 126 RJ-45 (network) ........... .......... ............ .......... .......... .......... ............. .......... .......... ............. .. ............... .. 127 vii
Universal Serial Bus ................ ............. ................ ........... ............ ............... ............ ........... ........... .... 128 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries and region s .................. ........... ......... ......... ......... ............ ......... ....... .. 129 Requirem ents for specif ic countries and regi ons ............................. ................................................ 1 30 11 Recyclin g Battery ......... .......... ........ ......... ........... ........ ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... .......... ............... ........... .... 131 Display ............... ............ ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... ............ ............. ............ ........... 131 Index ............... ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................ .............. ......... ................ ................ ........ 137 viii
1 Product description Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Product Name HP G50 Notebook PC â Compaq Presario C Q50 Notebook PC â Processors AMD processors: Turion⢠Ultra Dual-Core ZM-8 2 2.20-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) â â Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-80 2.10-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) â â Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GHz processo r (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) â â Athlon⢠X2 Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GHz processor (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) â â Sempron⢠Single Core SI-40 2.00-GHz processor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache) â â Intel processors: Intel® Coreâ¢2 Duo T9600 2.80-GH z processor (6- MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53 -GHz processor (6-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20 -GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00 -GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Pentium® Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) ââ 1
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Intel Celeron® 585 2.16-GHz proce ssor (1-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) â â Chipset Northbridge and Southbridg e: NVIDIA MCP77MV GeForce 8200M â â Graphics Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) graphics subsystem integrated with shared system memory (dynamicall y allocated) â Up to 256 MB o f total available graphics subsystem memory when computer system memory equals or is greater than 2 048 MB â Up to 128 MB o f total available graphics subsystem memory when computer system memory equals or is greater than 1 024 MB â Up to 64 MB of total available graphics subsystem memory when computer system memory equals 512 MB NVIDIA Discrete GeForce 9200M GE with 256 MB of dedicated video memory â â Panel 15.4-inch WXGA BrightView display panel (1280 à 800) â â Typical brightness: 200 nits â â All display assemblies include 2 wireless lo cal area network (WLAN) antennae â â Memory 2 customer-accessible/upgradable memory module slots â â Supports dual-channel memory â â Supports up to 4 GB of system RAM â â Supports PC2-6400, 800-MHz, DDR2 and PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR 2 â â Supports the following configurations: â 4096-MB total system memory (2048 à 2, dual-channel) â 3072-MB total system memory (204 8 1024) â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 à 1, 1024 à 2, dual-channel) â 1536-MB total system memory (1024 51 2) â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 à 1, 512 à 2, dual-channel) â 512-MB total system memory (512 à 1, only on computer models equipped with FreeDOS and Windows Vista® Basic) ââ 2 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Hard drives Supports 9.5-mm, 2.5-inch hard drives â â Customer accessible â â Serial ATA â â Supports the following drives: â 250-GB, 5400-rpm â 200-GB, 5400-rpm â 160-GB, 5400-rpm â 120-GB, 5400-rpm â â Optical drives Fixed (removal of 1 screw required) â â Customer accessible â â Parallel ATA â â 12.7-mm tray load â â Supports the following drives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Co mbo Drive â Blu-ray BD -ROM wi th SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive â â Diskette drive Supports external USB diskette drive only â â Webcam VGA camera, 640 à 480 resolution, 22.5 frames p er second, fixed angle, with activity light â â Microphone Single analog microphone â â Audio High-definition audio supports Microsoft premium requirements â â 2 HP-branded Altec/Lansing speakers â 2 Presario-branded Altec/Lansing speakers â Modem 56K V.92 1.5-inch data/fax modem â â Computer models not equipped with a modem w ill have a cover on the RJ-11 jack opening â â Supports all world-wide ce rtification requirements â â Ethernet Integrated 10/100 network interface card (NIC) â â Wireless Integrated WLAN options by way of wireless module: 2 wireless antennae built into display assembly â â Support for no-WLAN option ââ 3
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Support for the following WLAN forma ts: â Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n â Atheros AR2425 802.11b/g â Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g â â External media card Digital Media Slot supporting SD, MMC, MS, MSPro, xD. With adapter (not included), supports mini versions of SD, MMC, MS Duo. â â Ports Audio-in (mono microph one) â â Audio-out (stereo headphone) â â High-definition multimedia interface (HD MI) version 1.3 supporting 1080p with high-bandwidth digital content protection (HDCP) key â â RJ-11 (modem) â â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes li nk and activity lights) â â USB (2) â â VGA (Dsub 15-pin) supporting 1920 Ã 1200 external resolution at 75-Hz, 1600 Ã 1200 external resolution at 75-Hz (hot plug/unplug with auto- detect) â â Multi-pin AC power â â Docking None â â Keyboard/po inting devices Spill-resistant 30.5-cm (12.0-inch) keyboa rd â â TouchPad with 2 TouchPad buttons â â Supports 4-way scroll â â Taps enabled as default â â Power requirements 65-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support â â Supports the following batteries: â 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh â 6-cell, 2.55-Ah, 55-Wh â 6-cell, 2.20-Ah, 47-Wh â â Security Security cable slot â â Operating system Preinstalled: Windows Vista Business 32 â â Windows Vista Premium 32 â â Windows Vista Home Basic 32 â â Windows Vista Starter Edition 32 ââ 4 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC FreeDOS â â Serviceability End-user replaceable part s: AC adapter â â Battery (system) â â Hard driv e â â Memory module â â Optical drive â â WLAN module ââ 5
2 External component identification Top components Display components Item Com ponent Description (1) Wireless antennae (2, select models only) Send and receive signals from one or more wireless devices. NOTE: The antennae are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennae free from obstru ctions. To see wireless regulatory notices, refer to the section of the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental N otices that applies to your country or re g ion. These notices are located in Help and Support. (2) Integrated webcam light (select model s only) On: The webcam is in use. 6 Chapter 2 Exte rnal component identificatio n
Item Co mponent Description (3) Integrated webcam (select models only) Records audio and video and captures still photographs. (4) Internal microphone Records sound. Buttons and speakers Item Co mponent Description (1) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (2) Power button â When the computer is off, press the b utton to turn on the comput er. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hiberna tion. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows® shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 secon ds to turn off the computer . To learn more about your power settings, select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > Power Options . (3) Wireless button Turns the wireless feature on or off, but does not cr eate a wireless connection. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up in order to establish a wireless connection . Top components 7
Keys Item Component Function (1) esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with a function key or the esc key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Embedded numeric keypad keys Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad . (5) Windows applications key Displays a shortcut menu for items beneath the pointer. (6) Volume keys Adjusts system volume when pressed in combination with the fn key. (7) Function keys Execute frequently us ed system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key. 8 Chapter 2 Exte rnal component identificatio n
TouchPad Item Compon ent Function (1) TouchPad light â White: TouchPad is enabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. (2) TouchPad* Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. (3) Left TouchPad button* Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (4) Right TouchPad button Functions like the right button on an external mo use. (5) TouchPad vertical scroll zon e* Scrolls up or down. (6) TouchPad on/off button Enables/disables the TouchPad. *This table describes factory settings. To view an d change TouchPad preferences, select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Mouse . TouchPad 9
Front components Item Com ponent Function (1) Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery leve l. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard dr ive or optical drive is being accessed. (4) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional co mputer headset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. (5) Audio-out (headphone) jack Produces sound when connected to optional pow ered stereo speakers, headphones, ear b uds, a headset, or television audio. NOTE: This table describes factory settings. For information about changing facto ry setting s, refer to the user guides located in Help and Support. 10 Chapter 2 External component identification
Right-side components Item Co mponent Function (1) Optical drive Reads optical discs and, on sele ct models, also writes to optical discs. (2) Optical drive light Blinking: The optical drive is being accessed. (3) USB ports (2) Connect an optional USB devices. (4) RJ-11 (modem) ja ck Connects a modem cable. (5) Security cable slot Attaches an optional secu rity cable to the com puter. NOTE: The security cable is desig ned to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer fr om being mishandled or stolen. Rear component Componen t Function Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Right-side components 11
Left-side components Item Com ponent Funct ion (1) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. (2) AC adapter light â On: The computer is connected to external power. â Off: The computer is not connected to external power. (3) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or pr ojector. (4) RJ-45 (network ) jack Connects a network cable. (5) HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high- definition television, or any compatib le digital or audio component. (6) USB port Connects an optional USB device. (7) Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Ca rd (XD) â xD-Picture Card (XD ) Type H â xD-Picture Card (XD ) Type M (8) Digital Media Slot light On: A digital card is being accessed. 12 Chapter 2 External component identification
Bottom components Item Co mponent Funct ion (1) Battery bay Holds the battery. (2) Battery release latch Rele ases the battery from the battery bay. (3) WLAN module compartment Holds the WLAN module. CAUTION: To prevent an unresp onsive system, replace the wireless module on ly with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the gover nmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical support through Help a nd Support. (4) Vents (4) Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts u p automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (5) Memory module compartment Contains the memory module slots. (6) Hard driv e bay Holds t he hard drive. Bottom components 13
3 Illustrated parts catalog Serial number location When ordering parts or requestin g information, provide the computer serial nu mber and model number located on the botto m of the computer. 14 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Computer major components Computer major comp onents 15
Item Description Spare part number (1) 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assemblies (include 2 WLAN an tenna tran sceivers and cables, microphones and cables, and logo) For use only with HP G 50 computer mode ls Includes webcam module and cable 487603-001 Does not include webc am module and cable 487602-001 For use only with Compaq CQ5 0 computer models Includes webcam module and cable 485047-001 Does not include webc am module and cable 485046-001 Refer to Display asse mbly components on page 22 , for more display assembly component spare p art information. (2) Keyboards (include keyboa rd cable) For use in Belgium 486654-A41 For use in Canada 486654-121 For use in the Czech Republic 486654-221 For use in France 486654-051 For use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 486654-DH1 For use in Germany 486654-041 For use in Greece 486654-151 For use in Israel 486654-BB1 For use in Italy 486654-061 For use in Latin America 486654-161 For use in the Netherlands 486654-B31 For use in Portugal 486654-131 For use in Russia 486654-251 For use in Saudi Arabia 486654-171 For use in South Korea 486654-AD1 For use in Spain 486654-071 For use in Switzerland 486654-111 For use in Taiwan 486654-AB1 For use in Thailand 486654-281 For use in Turkey 486654-141 For use in the United Kingdom 486654-031 For use in the United States 486654-001 (3) Keyboard cover 486626-001 (4) Powe r button board (in cludes power button board cable) 486627-001 16 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (5) Top cover (includes TouchPad board) 486628-001 (6) TouchPad on/off butt on board (includes cables) 486630-001 (7) TouchPad button board and bracket 486629-001 (8) Speakers (includes left and righ t speakers and cables) 486632-001 Plastics Kit (see Plastics Kit on page 23 for more Plastics Kit spare part inform ation) 486621-001 (9a) Hard drive cover (9b) WLAN module compartment cover (10) System boards (in clude UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal materi al) Equipped with AMD processors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a Digital Media Slot and an HDMI port 489810-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer models equipped only with a Digital Media Slot 486550-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with an HDMI port 490828-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models not equipped with an HDMI port 494182-001 Equipped with Intel processors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GM45 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485218-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GM45 chipset and Digital Media Slot 494281-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GL40 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485219-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GL40 chipset and Digital Media Slot 494282-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equipped w ith NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics, a Digital Media Slot, and an HDMI por t 488338-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equipped w ith NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics and a Digital Media Slot 494283-001 (11) Processors (include replacemen t thermal material) â AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Cor e ZM-82 2.20-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cach e) 480852-006 â AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Cor e ZM-80 2.10-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cach e) 480851-006 â AMD Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GHz processor (35W, 1- MB L2 cache) 480857-005 â AMD Sempron Single Core SI-40 2.00-GHz processor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache) 487350-003 â AMD Athlon X2 Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GHz processor ( 35W, 1-MB L2 cache) 480856-005 â Intel Core2 Duo T9600 2.80-GHz processor ( 6-MB L2 cache) 489157-006 â Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53-GHz processor ( 6-MB L2 cache) 483260-006 â Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz pr ocessor (3-MB L2 cache) 483259-005 â Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz pr ocessor (3-MB L2 cache) 483258-006 Computer major comp onents 17
Item Description Spare part number â Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 501520-001 â Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20-GHz pr ocessor (2-MB L2 cache) 501522-001 â Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00-GHz pr ocessor (2-MB L2 cache) 501521-001 â Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 501523-001 â Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 501519-001 â Intel Celeron 585 2.16-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 494285-001 â Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 494284-001 Processor bracket (not illustrated) 486635-001 (12) Fan/heat sink assemb ly (includes replacement therma l material) 486636-001 (13) Power connector cable 486637-001 (14) Bluetooth ® module (does not include Bluetooth module cable) 483113-001 Bluetooth module cable 486640-001 (15) USB board (does not include USB board cable) 486633-001 USB board cable (includes num lock LED) 486639-001 (16) RJ-11 con nector cable 486638-001 (17) Audio board (i ncludes audio b oard cable) 486634-001 (18) Base enclosures (include ru bber feet) For use only with computer models equipped with a Digital Media Slot and an HDMI port 486625- 001 For use only with comp uter models equipped with a Digital Media Slot, but not an HDMI port 492300-001 For use only with comp uter models equipped with an HDMI port, but not a Digital Media Slot 492301-001 For use only with computer models not equipped with a Digital Media Slot or an HDMI port 494183-001 Rubber Kit (not illustrated, includ es 8 computer feet) 486623-001 (19) Batteries 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh battery 484172-001 6-cell, 2. 55-Ah, 55-Wh battery 484171- 001 6-cell, 2. 20-Ah, 47-Wh battery 485041- 001 (20) Hard drives (include hard drive bracket an d connector) For models equipped with AMD processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm 485036-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm 490829-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 485035-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 485034-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm 485036-002 18 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number 160-GB, 5400-rpm 485035-002 120-GB, 5400-rpm 485034-002 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes ha rd drive bracket, connector, and scr ews) 485037-001 (21) RTC batt ery 486624-001 (22) Memory modules For models equipped with AMD processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-001 1024-MB 485032-001 512-MB 485031-001 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-001 1024-MB 485029-001 512-MB 485028-001 For models equipped with Intel processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-002 1024-MB 485032-002 512-MB 485031-002 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-002 1024-MB 485029-002 512-MB 485028-002 (23) WLAN m odules Atheros AR9280 8 02.11a/b/g/n WLAN modules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Gua m, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islan ds, and the United States 482260-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra , Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Ver de, the Central African Re public, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domi nica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea , Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, German y, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyan a, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Indi a, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, L atvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuani a, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, 482260-002 Computer major comp onents 19
Item Description Spare part number Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro , the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sl ovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and N evis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Swe den, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Ton ga, Trinidad and To bago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Ven ezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe â For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentin a, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Co lombia, Costa Rica, the Do minican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 480985-001 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the United States and Canada 482957-001 Atheros AR2425 802 .11b/g WLAN m odules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459339-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan , Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, Congo, Costa R ica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Re public, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland , France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghan a, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guin ea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ice land, Indi a, Indonesia, Ireland , Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jo rdan, Kazakh stan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrg yzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Li echten stein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nau ru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, N icaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's R epublic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Re public of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome a nd Principe, Saudi Arabia, Seneg al, Serbia and Montenegro, Seychelles, Sierra Leone , Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lan ka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Th ailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459339-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN mod ules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459263-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan , Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, 459263-002 20 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Ver de, the Central African Re public, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domi nica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea , Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, German y, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyan a, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Indi a, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, L atvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuani a, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesi a, Monaco, Mongo lia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's R epu blic of China, Peru, the Philip pines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Mold ova, Romania, Russia, Rwa nda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Sw itzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Ar ab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbe kistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe (24) Optical drives (includ e optical drive bezel and bracket) For models equipped with AMD processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-La yer Combo Drive 485038-001 For models equipped with Intel processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-La yer Combo Drive 485038-002 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD± RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive 485040-002 Computer major comp onents 21
Display assembly components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display bezels : For use only with HP G50 computer models equipped with a webcam mo dule and a microphone 487607-001 For use only with HP G50 computer models equipped only with a microphone 487606-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 comp uter models equipped with a webcam mod ule and a microphone 486582-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 comp ut er models equipped only with a microphone 486555 -001 (2) Display inverter 486556-001 (3) Webcam module (does not include w ebcam module cable) 486581-001 (4) Display panel brackets (in cludes left and right brackets) 486559-001 (5) Display Hinge Kit (includ es left and right display hinges) 486558-001 (6) 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display panel (includes displa y panel and backlight cables) 485027-001 Display panel cable (not ill ustrated) 486561-001 Display screw kit (not illustrated) 489133â001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display panel only (not illustrated, does not includ e cables ) 488341â001 (7) Wireless Antenna Kit (inclu des left and right wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 486562-001 (8) Webcam module cable 486583-001 (9) Microphone (includes receiver and cable) 486560-001 22 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (10) Display enclosures (include log o) For use only with HP G50 computer models 487605-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models 486554-001 Display Rubber Kit (not illustrated, includes display beze l rubber screw covers) 486584-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 486557-001 Plastics Kit Item Description Spare part number Plastics Kit: 486621-001 (1) WLAN module compartment cover (includes 1 cap tive screw, secured by a C-clip) (2) Hard drive cover (includes 2 capt ive scr ews, secured by C-clips) Plastics Kit 23
Mass storage devices Item Description Spare part number (1) Hard drives (include co nnector and bracket ) 250-GB, 5400-rpm 485036-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm 490829-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 485035-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 485034-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes connector, bracket, and screws) 485037-001 (2) Optical drives (include bezel and bracket) DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScr ibe 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo D rive 485038-001 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo D rive 485040-002 24 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number 65-W PFC AC adapter 463958-001 Power cords: For use in Argentina 490371-D01 For use in Australia 490371-011 For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in Europe 490371-021 For use in India 490371-D61 For use in Israel 490371-BB1 For use in Italy 490371-061 For use in South Africa 490371-AR1 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Switzerland 490371-111 For use in Taiwan 490371-AB1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 490371-031 For use in the United States 490371-001 Screw Kit â Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã10.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 486622-001 Miscellaneous parts 25
Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 459263-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Canada, th e Cayman Islands, Guam, Puer to Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Alb ania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Ar uba, Austra lia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Her zegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso , Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, C olombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Et hiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Gh ana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Gua temala, Guinea, Guinea- Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hun gary, Ic eland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Ma lawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Net her Antilles , the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paragu ay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Rep ublic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slova kia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Ne vis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago , Tunisia, Turk ey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vie tnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimba bwe 459339-001 Atheros AR2425 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459339-002 Atheros AR2425 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Afghan istan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Ar uba, Austra lia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Her zegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso , Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, C olombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Et hiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Gh ana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Gua temala, Guinea, Guinea- Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hun gary, Ic eland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Ma lawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Net her Antilles , the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paragu ay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Rep ublic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slova kia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Ne vis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago , Tunisia, Turk ey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vie tnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimba bwe 463958-001 65-W PFC AC adapter 480851-006 AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-80 2.10-GHz processo r (35W, 2-MB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 480852-006 AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-82 2.20-GHz proc essor (3 5W, 2-MB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 26 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 480856-005 AMD Athlon X2 Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GHz proces sor (35W, 51 2-KB L2 cache, in cludes replacement thermal material) 480857-005 AMD Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GHz processor (35W, 1-MB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 480985-001 Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Isla nds, Chile, Colombia, Costa Ri ca, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 482260-001 Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Pue rto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 482260-002 Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andor ra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armen ia, Aruba, Aust ra lia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Beni n, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verd e, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the C ongo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, th e Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Fi nland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gr eece, Grenada, Guadeloup e, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea- Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungar y, Ic eland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Macedonia, Madag ascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martin ique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Microne sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Net her Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragu a, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Pa lau, Panama, Papua N ew Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Sloveni a, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and N evis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland , Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobag o, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 482957-001 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the United States and Canada 483113-001 Bluetooth module (does not include Bluetooth module cable) 483258-006 Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 483259-005 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 483260-006 Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53-GHz processor (6-MB L2 cache) 484171-001 Bluetooth module cable 484172-001 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh battery 485027-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView di splay panel (includes display panel and backlight cab les) 485028-001 512-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485028-002 512-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 485029-001 1024-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485029-002 1024-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485030-001 2048-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485030-002 2048-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) Sequential part numbe r listing 27
Spare part number Description 485031-001 512-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485031-002 512-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485032-001 1024-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485032-002 1024-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 485033-001 2048-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485033-002 2048-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485034-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485034-002 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485035-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485035-002 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485036-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485036-002 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485037-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes ha rd drive bracket, connector, and screws) 485038-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer C ombo Drive 485038-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer C ombo Drive 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Dr ive with LightScribe 485039-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Dr ive with LightScribe 485040-002 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive 485041-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah, 47-Wh battery 485046-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly with webcam module and cable for use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN ant enna tr ansceivers and cabl es, microphones and cables, and logo) 485047-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly without webcam module and cable fo r use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN ant enna tr ansceivers and cabl es, microphones and cables, and logo) 485218-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with a GM45 chip set, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485219-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq C Q50 computer models equipp ed with a GL40 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 486550-001 System board for use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer mod els equipped only wi th a Digital Media Slot (includes UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal material) 486554-001 Display enclosure for use only with Com paq CQ50 computer mode ls (includes logo) 486555-001 Display bezel for use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped only with a microphone 486556-001 Display invert er 486557-001 Display Screw Kit 486558-001 Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display hinges) 486559-001 Display panel brackets (includes left and right brackets) 28 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 486560-001 Microphone (includes receiver and cable) 486561-001 Display panel cable 486562-001 Wireless Antenna Kit (includes left and li ght wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 486581-001 Webcam module (does not include webcam module cable) 486582-001 Display bezel for use only with Compaq CQ50 comp uter models equipp ed with a webcam module and a microphone 486583-001 Webcam module cable 486584-001 Display Rubber Kit (includes display bezel rubber screw covers) 486621-001 Plastics Kit (see Plastics Kit on page 23 for more Plastics Kit spare part infor mation) 486622-001 Screw Kit 486623-001 Rubber Kit (includes 8 computer feet) 486624-001 RTC battery 486625-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer model s equip ped with a Digital Media Slot and an H DMI port (includes rubber feet) 486626-001 Keyboard cover 486627-001 Power button board ( includes cable) 486628-001 Top cover (includes TouchPad board) 486629-001 TouchPad button board and bracket 486630-001 TouchPad on/off button b oard (includes cables) 486632-001 Speakers (includes left and ri gh t speakers and ca bles) 486633-001 USB board (does not include USB board cable) 486634-001 Audio board (includes cable) 486635-001 Processor bracket 486636-001 Fan/heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 486637-001 Power connector cable 486638-001 RJ-11 connector cable 486639-001 USB board cable (includes num lock LED) 486640-001 Bluetooth module cable 486654-001 Keyboard for use in the United States 486654-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom 486654-041 Keyboard for use in Germany 486654-051 Keyboard for use in France 486654-061 Keyboard for use in Italy 486654-071 Keyboard for use in Spain Sequential part numbe r listing 29
Spare part number Description 486654-111 Keyboard for use in Switzerland 486654-121 Keyboard for use in Canada 486654-131 Keyboard for use in Portugal 486654-141 Keyboard for use in Turkey 486654-151 Keyboard for use in Greece 486654-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America 486654-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia 486654-221 Keyboard for use in the Czech Republic 486654-251 Keyboard for use in Russia 486654-281 Keyboard for use in Thailand 486654-A41 Keyboard for use in Belgium 486654-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan 486654-AD1 Keyboard for use in South Korea 486654-B31 Keyboard for use in the Netherlands 486654-BB1 Keyboard for use in Israel 486654-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 487350-003 AMD Sempron Single Core SI-40 2.0-GHz proces sor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 487602-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly w ithou t webcam module and cab le for use only with HP G50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN antenna transceiv ers and cab les, microphones and cables, and log o) 487603-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly with webcam module and cable for use only with HP G50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN antenna transceiv ers and cab les, microphones and cables, and log o) 487605-001 Display enclosure for use only with Com paq CQ50 computer mode ls (includes logo) 487606-001 Display bezel for use only with HP G50 co mputer models equipped only with a microph one 487607-001 Display bezel for use only with HP G50 computer models equipped with a webcam module and a microphone 488338-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comput er models equ ipped with NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics, a Digital Media Slot, and an HDMI port 488341â001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display pane l only (does no t include cables) 489133â001 Display screw kit 489157-006 Intel Core2 Duo T9600 2.80-GHz processor (6-MB L2 cache) 489810-001 System board for use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equ ipped with a Dig ital Media Slot and an HDMI port (includes UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal material) 490371-001 Power cord for use in the United States 490371-011 Power cord for use in Australia 490371-021 Power cord for use in Europe 30 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 490371-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingdom 490371-061 Power cord for use in Ita ly 490371-081 Power cord for use in Norw ay 490371-111 Power cord for use in Switzerland 490371-AB1 Power cord for use in Taiwan 490371-AD1 Power cord for use in South Korea 490371-AR1 Power cord for use in South Africa 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Israe l 490371-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina 490371-D61 Power cord for use in India 490828-001 System board for use only with Compaq CQ50 computer mod els equipped with an HDMI port (includ es UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in mo dem, and replacement thermal material) 490829-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and conne ctor) 492300-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models equipped with a Digital Med ia Slot, but not an HDMI po rt (includes rubber feet) 492301-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models equipped with an H DMI port, but not a Digital Media Slot (includes rubber feet) 494182-001 System board for use only with Compaq CQ50 comp uter models not eq uipped with an HDMI port (includes UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement the rmal material) 494183-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models not equipped with a Digital Media Slot or an HD MI port (includes rubber feet) 494281-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with a GM45 chipset and D igital Media Slot 494282-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with a GL40 chipset an d Digital Media Slot 494283-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics and Digital Media Slot 494284-001 Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 494285-001 Intel Celeron 585 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501519-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501520-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 501521-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00-GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) 501522-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20-GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) 501523-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) Sequential part numbe r listing 31
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to complete the removal and repl acement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sec tions include some of the considerat ions that you must ke ep in mind during disassembly and assembly proce dures. NOTE: As you remove each suba ssembly from the computer, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws ) away from the w ork area to preve nt damage. Plastic parts Using excessive force during disa ssemb ly and reassemb ly can damage plastic part s. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pre ssure only at t h e points designated in the maintenance instructions. 32 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the computer, be sure that ca bles are placed in their proper locations during the reassemb ly process. Improper cable placement can damage the computer. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. H andle cables by the connector whenever possibl e. In all cases, avoid be nding, twisting, or tearing cabl es. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being r emoved or rep laced. Hand le flex cables with extreme care; these cables tear ea sily. Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile componen ts that must be handled with care. To pre vent damage to the computer, damage to a d rive, or loss of information, observe these precautions: Before removi ng or inserting a hard drive, shut down the compu ter. If you ar e unsure whet her the computer is off or in Hibern ation, turn the comput er o n , and then shut it down through the operating system. Before hand ling a drive, be sure that you are disch ar ged of static electricity. While handling a drive, avoid touching th e connector. Before removi ng a diskette drive or optical drive, be sure that a diskett e or disc is not in the d rive and be sure that th e optical drive tr ay is closed . Handle drives on surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surface. After removing a ha rd drive, an opt ical drive, or a diske tte drive, plac e it in a static-p roof bag. Avoid exposing a har d drive to products th at have magne tic fields, such as mo nitors or spea kers. Avoid exposing a d rive to tem perature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be maile d, place the drive in a bubb le pack mailer or other suitable form of protective packaging and lab el the package âFRAGILE.â Preliminary replacemen t requirements 33
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensitiv e to el ectrostatic discharge (ESD ). Circuitry design an d structure determine the degre e of sensitivity. Networks built into many integrated circuits provid e some protecti on, but in many cases, ESD cont ains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of stat ic electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neithe r felt nor heard, damage may have occurred. An electronic device exposed to ESD may not be a ffected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may f unction normally for a while, th en degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life exp ectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the co mputer when you are removing or insta lling internal components, obs erve these prec autions: Keep components in th eir electrostatic-safe co ntainers unti l you are ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before touching an electro nic component, discharge static electricity by using the gui delines described in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Hand le electronic components as l ittle as possible. If you remove a compon ent, place it in an electrostat ic-safe cont ainer. The following table shows how humidity affe cts the electrostatic voltage levels generated by differ ent activities . CAUTION: A product can be degrade d by as little as 700 V. Typical electrostatic voltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across v inyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 34 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Packaging and transportin g guidelin es Follow these grounding guidelines when packag ing and transporting equipmen t: â To avoid hand conta ct, transport products in st atic-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemblies with co nductive or approv ed contain ers or pac kaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive p arts in their containers unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstation s. â Place items on a grou nded surface before removing items from their containers. â Always be properly grounded when to uchin g a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from asse mblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transporters and conveyors mad e of antistatic belts an d roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment use d for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials a r e selected to avoid static charging. Wh en grounding is no t possible, use an ionizer to dissip ate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these groundi ng workstation g uidelines: â Cover the workstatio n with approv ed static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connecte d to a properly grounded work surface a nd use properly grounded tools and equipmen t. â Use conductive field service too ls, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces, u se fixtures ma de only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work ar ea free of nonc onductive materials, such as or dinary plasti c assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive compon ents, parts, and a ssemblies by the case or PCM laminate . Handle these items only at st atic-free worksta t ions. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input sig nals before inserting or removing connectors or test equi pment. Preliminary replacemen t requirements 35
Equipment guid elines Grounding equipme nt must include either a wrist st rap or a foo t strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap conn ected to a gr ounded system. Wrist straps are flexibl e straps with a minimum of one me gohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly aga inst the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with banana-plug conne ctors, use alligator clips to conne ct a wrist strap. â When standi ng, use foot straps and a gro unded floor mat. Foot straps (hee l, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standin g workstat ions and are compa t ible with mo st types o f shoes or boots. On conductive floors or dissipative floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resist ance betwee n the operat or and groun d. To be effective, the conductive strips must be worn in contact with the skin. The following gr ounding equ ipment is recommended to prevent electrosta tic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins and other assembly or solderi ng aids â Nonconductive fo am â Conductive tabletop workstatio ns with ground cords of one mego hm resistance â Static-dissipative t ables or floor mats with ha rd ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awarenes s labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plas tic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and p rotective materials The following ta ble lists the sh ielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminat e Floor mats 5,000 V 36 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Unknown user password If the computer you are servicing has an unknown user password, follow these steps to clear the password: NOTE: These steps also clear CMOS. 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the real-t ime clock (RTC) battery (see RTC batt ery on page 46 ). 6. Wait approximately 5 minutes. 7. Replace the RTC battery and rea ssemble the computer. 8. Co nnect AC power to th e computer. Do n ot reinsert any batt eries at this time. 9. Turn on the computer. All passwords and all CMO S settings have been cleared. Preliminary replacemen t requirements 37
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides remova l and replacement proced ures. There are as many as 76 screws, in 10 different size s, that must be removed, replace d, or loosened when servicing the computer. Make special note of each screw and standoff size and location durin g removal and replacemen t. Serial number Report the computer serial number to HP when requ e s ting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is lo cated on the bottom of the computer. 38 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Computer feet The compute r feet are adhesive-backed rubber p ads. The feet are included in the Rubber Kit, spare part number 4866 23-001. There are 6 rubber fe et that attach to the base enclosure i n the locations illustrated below. Component replacement p r ocedures 39
Battery Description Spare part number 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh Li-ion battery 484172-001 6-cell, 2.55-Ah, 55-Wh Li-ion battery 484171-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah, 47-Wh Li-ion battery 485041-001 Before disassembling the computer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the computer upside down on a fl at surface, with the front toward you. 2. Slide th e battery release latch (1) to release th e battery. 3. Pivot the battery (2) upward an d remove it (3) from the computer. To install the batter y, insert the rear edge of th e ba ttery into the battery bay and pivot the batte r y downward until it is seated. The batt ery release latch a utomatically locks th e battery in to place. 40 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Optical drive NOTE: All optical drive spare part kits includ e an optical dr ive bezel and optical drive bra cket. Description Spare part number For models equipped with AMD processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMu lti Double-Layer Combo Dr ive 485038-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMu lti Double-Layer Combo Dr ive 485038-002 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive 485040-002 Before removi ng the optical drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the optica l drive: 1. Position t he computer with the left s ide toward you. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw (1) that secures the optical drive to the computer. 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip (2) , into the rele ase access. (The optical drive disc tray is partially ejected from the optical drive.) 4. Use the disc tray frame to slide the optical drive (3) out of the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 41
5. If it is nece ssary to replace the op tical drive brac ket, position the optical drive with the rea r toward you. 6. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the optical drive bracket to th e optical drive. 7. Remove the optical drive bracket (2) . Reverse this proc edure to reasse mble and insta ll an opt ical drive. 42 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Hard dr ive NOTE: All hard drive spare part kits inclu de a hard dr ive bracket and hard drive conne c tor. The hard drive bracket an d hard drive connecto r, as well as the h ard drive bracket screws, are also available in the Hard Driv e Hardware Kit, sp are part numb er 485037-00 1. Description Spare part number For models equipped with AMD processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485036-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 490829-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485035-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485034-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485036-002 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485035-002 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485034-002 Before removi ng the hard drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the hard drive: 1. Loosen the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the hard drive cover to the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 43
2. Lift th e right side of the hard drive cove r (2) , swing it up and to the left, and remo ve the cover. The hard drive cover is includ ed in the Pl astics Kit, spare pa rt number 486621-001. 3. Remove the three Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the hard d rive to the computer. 4. Gras p the Mylar tab (2) on the hard drive, and then slide the hard drive (3) to the right to disconnect it from the system board. 5. Remove the hard drive (4) from the hard drive ba y. 6. If it is necessary to replace the hard drive bracket, remove the two Ph illips PM3.0Ã4.0 hard drive bracket screws (1) from each side of the hard drive. 44 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
7. Lift the bracket (2) straight up to remove it from the h ard drive. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the hard drive. Component replacement p r ocedures 45
RTC battery NOTE: Removing the RTC b attery and leaving it uninstalled for 5 or more minute s causes all passwords and CMO S settings to be clea red. Description Spare part number RTC battery 486624-001 Before removing the RT C battery, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the hard drive cover (see Hard drive o n page 43 ). Remove the RTC battery: 1. Disconnect the RTC battery cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the RTC batter y (2) from the clip built into th e base enclosure. Reverse this proc edure to in stall the RTC b attery. 46 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Memory module Description Spare part number For models equipped with AMD processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-001 1024-MB 485032-001 512-MB 485031-001 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-001 1024-MB 485029-001 512-MB 485028-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-002 1024-MB 485032-002 512-MB 485031-002 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-002 1024-MB 485029-002 512-MB 485028-002 Before removi ng the memory module, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Loosen the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the memo ry module compartment cover to the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 47
2. Lift the right side of the cover (2) , swing it up an d to the left, and remove the cover (3) . The memory module compartmen t cover is included in th e base enclo sure. 3. Spre ad the retaining ta bs (1) on each side of the memory mo dule slot to release th e memory module. (The edge of the module opp osite the slot rises away from the computer.) 4. Remove the memory module (2) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: Memory modules are designed with a notch (3) t o prevent incorrec t installation into the memory module slot. Reverse this proc edure to inst all a memory module. 48 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
WLAN module Description Spare part number Atheros AR9280 80 2.11a/b/g/n WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 482260-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaija n, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhut an, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgar ia , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo , Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Do minican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Er itrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guin ea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan , Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebano n, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malaw i, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maur itius, Mexico, M icronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nep al, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Ze aland, Nicaragua, Ni ger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Repu blic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rw anda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal , Serbia and Montenegro, the Seych elles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vince nt and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, T ogo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United King dom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 482260-002 For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Aruba, th e Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Costa R ica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Hondur as, Hong Kong, India, Indone sia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 480985-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b /g WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459263-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaija n, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhut an, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgar ia , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo , Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Do minican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Er itrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guin ea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan , Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebano n, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malaw i, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maur itius, Mexico, M icronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nep al, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Ze aland, Nicaragua, Ni ger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Repu blic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rw anda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal , Serbia and Montenegro, the Seych elles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vince nt and the Grenadines, 459263-002 Component replacement p r ocedures 49
Description Spare part number Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiw an, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Tur key, Tu rkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the United States an d Canada 482957-001 Atheros AR2425 802.1 1b/g WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459339-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, A ndor ra, Angola, Antigua an d Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan , the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, B hutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgar ia, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colo mbia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia , Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Erit rea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi , Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, M auritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongo lia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicar agua, Niger, Nigeria, Norw ay, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Ma rino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovak ia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiw an, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Tur key, Tu rkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459339-002 Before removing the WLAN module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the WL AN module: CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in th e computer by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country o r region. If you re place the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technica l support throug h Help and Supp ort. 1. Loosen the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 screw (1) that secures the WLAN mo dule compartment cover to the computer. 50 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
2. Lift the right side of the cover (2) , swing it up and t o the left, and then remove the cover (3) . The WLAN module compartment cover is included in the Plasti cs Kit, spare par t number 486621-001. 3. Di sconnect the WLAN a ntenna cables (1) from the terminals o n the WLAN module. NOTE: The black WL AN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âMainâ terminal. The white WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âAuxâ termin al. 4. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the WL AN module to the computer. (The edge of the module opposite the sl o t rises away from the computer.) 5. Remove the WLAN module (3) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: WLAN modules are designed with a notch (4) to prevent incorre ct installation. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. Component replacement p r ocedures 51
Keyboard For use in: Spare part number For use in: Spare part num ber Belgium 486654-A41 Portugal 486654-131 Canada 486654-121 Russia 486654-251 The Czech Republic 48665 4-221 Saudi Arabia 486654-171 Denmark, Finland, and Norway 486654-DH1 South Korea 486654-AD1 France 486654-05 1 Spain 486654-071 Germany 486654-041 Switzerland 486654-111 Greece 486654-151 Taiwan 486654-AB1 Israel 486654-BB1 Thailand 486654-281 Italy 486654-06 1 Turke y 486654-141 Latin America 486654-161 The United Kingdom 486654-031 The Netherlands 486654-B31 The United States 486654-001 Before removing the keyboard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the keyboard: 1. Turn the computer upside down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the three Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer. 52 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Turn the computer display-si de up, with the front toward you. 4. Open the computer as far as possible . 5. Disengage the tabs (1) on the outside edge s of the keyboard from the keyboard cover. 6. Lift the rear edge of the keyb oard (2) , and then slide it back unt il it rests on the display. 7. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector (1) to wh ich the keyboa rd cable is atta ched, and then disconnect the keyboard cab le (2) from the system board. 8. Remove the keyboard. Reverse this procedure to install th e keyboard. Component replacement p r ocedures 53
Keyboard cover Description Spare part number Keyboard cover (includes a n LE D board and LED board cable) 486626-001 Before removing the keyboard cover, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ). Remove the keyboard cover: 1. Turn the computer upside do wn, with the rear panel toward you. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã10.0 screws (1) and the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (2) that secure the keyboard cover to the computer. 3. Turn the computer right-side up, with the fr ont towa rd you. 4. Open t he computer as far as possible. 54 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5. Release the ZIF connector (1) to which the powe r button board cable is attached, and disconnect the power button b oard cable (2) from the system board. 6. Slide the keyboard cover (1) toward th e display assembly until it disengages from the top cover. 7. Remove the keyboard cover (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the keyboard cover. Component replacement p r ocedures 55
Power button board Description Spare part number Power button board (includes cable) 486627-001 Before removing the power butt on board , perform these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the WLAN mo dule (see WLAN module on page 49 ). 6. Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ). 7. Remove the keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ). Remove the power button board: 1. Turn the keyboard cover upsi de down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the two Philli ps PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the power button board to the keyboard cover. 3. Remove the power button bo ard and cable (2) . Reverse this proc edure to in stall the powe r button b oard. 56 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Display assembly Description Spare part number 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display a ssembly for use only with HP G50 computer models (inclu des 2 WLAN antenna transceivers and cables, micr ophones and cables, and logo ) Includes webcam module and cable 487603-001 Does not include webc am module and cable 487602-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly for use only with Compaq C Q50 computer models (includes 2 WL AN antenna transceivers and cables, micr ophones and cables, and logo ) Includes webcam module and cable 485047-001 Does not include webcam module and cable 487046-001 Before removi ng the display assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 49 ). 6. Remove the keyboard (s ee Keyboard on page 52 ). 7. Remove the keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ). Remove the display assembly: 1. Di sconnect the dis play panel cable (1) from t he system board. 2. Remove the wireless antenna cables (2) from the routing channel and clips (3) built into the top cover. Component replacement p r ocedures 57
3. Disconnect the webcam modul e cable (4) from the system board. CAUTION : The display assembly will be unsupported when the followin g screws are removed. To prevent damage to th e display assembly , support it before removing th e screws. 4. Remove the four Phillip s PM2.5Ã10 .0 screws (1) that secure the display assembly to the computer. 5. Lift the display assembly (2) straight up and remove it. 58 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
6. If it is necessary to replace the display bezel or the display a ssembly intern al components, re move the followin g: (1) Two rubber scre w covers on the display bezel bottom edge (the d isplay bezel rubber screw covers are available in the Display R ubber Kit, spare part number 486584-001) (2) Two Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screws that secure the display be zel to the display assembly (all display assembly subcomponent screws are available in the Disp lay Screw Kit, spare part number 486561-001) 7. Flex the inside edges o f the bottom edge (1) , left and right sides (2), and the t op edge (3) of the display bezel until the bezel disen gages from the display enclosure. 8. Remove the display bezel (4) . The following display bezels are avail able: â For use only with HP G50 computer models equipp ed with webcam module , spare part number 487607-00 1 â For use only with HP G50 computer models not equipp ed with webcam module, spare p art number 487606-00 1 â For use only with Compa q CQ50 computer m ode ls equipped with webcam modu le, spare part number 486582-00 1 â For use only with C ompaq CQ50 comput er models not equipp ed with webcam mod ule, spare part number 4865 55-001 Component replacement p r ocedures 59
9. If it is necessary to replace the webcam module, rele ase the webcam module (1) as far from the display enclosure a s the webcam module cable allows. 10. Disconnect the webcam mo dule cable (2) from the webcam modul e. 11. Remove the webcam modu le. The webcam m odule is available using spare part number 486581-001. 12. If it is necessary to replace the display inverter, relea se the inverter (1) as far from the display enclosure as the disp lay panel cable and backlight cable allow. 60 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
13. Disconn ect the display pa nel cable (2) and the backlight cable (3) from the display inverter. 14. Remove the display inverter from the displ ay enc losure. The display invert er is available using spare part number 4 86556-001. 15. If it is necessary to replace the hinges , remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) that secure each hinge to th e display enclosure. 16. Remove the hinges (2) . The hinge s are available in the Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 486558-001. 17. If it is neces sary to replace th e display panel, remove the two Phillips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screw s (1) that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. Component replacement p r ocedures 61
18. Remove the display panel (2) from the display enclosure. The display pane l is available using spare part number 485027-00 1. 19. If it is necessar y to replace the display panel brackets, remove the three Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the bracke ts to the display panel. 20. Remove the display panel brackets (2) from the display panel. Th e display panel brackets are available using spare part number 486559-001. 21. If it is necessary t o replace th e wireless ant enna transceiv ers and cables, re lease the tab (1) built into the display en closure that secures the wireless antenn a cables. 22. Detach the main and auxiliary transceivers (2) from the display enclosure. 23. Detach the third transceiver (3) from the display en closure, when present. 62 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
24. Remove the wireless antenna transceivers an d cables (4) from the display enclosure. The wireless antenna transceivers and cables are available using spare part number 486562-0 01. 25. If it is necessary to replace the microphone and cabl e, release the tab built into the display e nclosure shielding (1) that secures the microphone cab le. 26. Remove the microphone receiver (2) from the clip built into the displa y enclosure and the microphone cable (3) from the display enclosure. The micro phone receiver and cable are availa ble using spare part n umber 486560-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the display assemb ly. Component replacement p r ocedures 63
Top cover Description Spare part number Top cover (includes Touch Pad and TouchPad ca ble) 486628-001 Before removing the top cover, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Turn the computer upside down, with the front toward you. 2. Loosen the fo ur Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screws (1) that secure the top cove r to the display enclosure. 3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã6.0 screws (2) and the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (3) th at secure the top cover to the base enclosure. 4. Turn the computer right-side up, with the fr ont towa rd you. 64 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5. Release the ZIF connector to whi ch the TouchPad cable is attached, and discon nect the TouchPad cable (1) from the system board. 6. Remove the four Philli ps PM2.0Ã 6.0 screws (2) that secure the top cover to the base enclosure. 7. Lift the rear edge of the top cover (1) until the top cove r disengages from the base enclosure. 8. Remove the top cover (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement p r ocedures 65
TouchPad on/off button board Description Spare part number TouchPad on/off button boar d (inclu des cables) 486630-001 Before removing the TouchPad on/off button board, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the TouchPad on/off button board: 1. Turn the top c over upside do wn, with the front toward you. 2. Release the ZIF connector on the TouchPad bu tton bo ard to which the TouchPad on/o f f board cable is attached, and disconnect th e TouchPad on/off board cable (1) from the TouchPad button board. 66 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Release the ZIF connector on the To uchPad board to which the TouchPad o n/off board cable is attached, and d isconnect the TouchPad on /off board cable (2) from the TouchPad board. 4. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad on/off button board to the top co ver. 5. Release the TouchPad on/off button board (2) by sliding it forward until it clears the clip built into the top co ver. 6. Re move the Tou chPad on/of f button bo ard (3) . Reverse this procedure to in stall the TouchPad on/off button board. Component replacement p r ocedures 67
TouchPad button board Description Spare part number TouchPad button boar d 486629-001 Before removing the TouchPad button board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. TouchPad on/ off button board (see TouchPad on/off butto n board on page 66 ) Remove the TouchP ad button bo ard: 1. Remove the four Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad button board bracket to the top cover . 2. Remove the TouchPad bu tton board bracket (2) . 68 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Turn the TouchPad button b oard bracket upside down with the fron t toward you. 4. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad button board to the TouchPad butto n board bracket. 5. Remove the TouchPad button board (2) from the TouchPad button board bracket. Reverse this procedure to inst all th e TouchPad button board. Component replacement p r ocedures 69
Audio board Description Spare part number Audio board (includes cable) 486634-001 Before removing the audio board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the audio boa rd: 1. Rele ase the ZIF conn ector (1) to which the audio board cab le is attached, and disconnect the audio board cable (2) the system board. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã6.0 screws (3) that secure the aud io board to the base enclosure. 3. Remo ve the audio boar d (4) . 70 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to install the audio board. Bluetooth module Description Spare part number Bluetooth module (does not include Bluetooth module ca ble) 483113-001 Bluetooth module cable 486640-001 Before removi ng the Bluetooth module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Re move the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard driv e (see Hard driv e on page 43 ) c. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the Blueto oth module: 1. Di sconnect the Blue tooth module cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screws (2) that secure the Bluetoo th module to the base enclosure. Component replacement p r ocedures 71
3. Remove the Bluetooth modul e (3) . Reverse this proc edure to install the Bluetooth mo dule. Speakers Description Spare part number Speakers 486632-001 Before removing the speakers, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the speakers: 1. Detach the USB board cable (1) from the right speaker. The USB board ca ble is attached to the speaker with double-sided tape. 72 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
2. Di sconnect the sp eaker cable (2) from the system board. 3. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw (1) that secures the left speake r to the base enclosur e. 4. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw (2) that secures the rig ht speaker to the ba se enclosure. 5. Remove the left and right speakers a n d the speaker cab les (3) from the base enclosure . Reverse this procedure to install th e speakers. USB board Description Spare part number USB board (does not include USB board cable) 486633-001 USB board cable (includes num lock LED) 486639-001 Component replacement p r ocedures 73
Before removing the USB board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) Remove the USB board: 1. Disconnect the USB board cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the num lock LED cable (2) from the light cover built into the base enclosure. 3. Remove the U SB board (3) from the base enclosure . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the USB boa rd. System board NOTE: All system board spare part kits include UM A graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal material. 74 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Description Spare part number Equipped with AMD pr ocessors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comp uter mode ls equipped with a Digital Media Slot and an HDMI port 489810-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comput er models equipped only with a D igital Media Slot 486550-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 comput er models equipped with an HDMI port 490828-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models not equipped with an HDMI port 494182-001 Equipped with Intel processors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer mode ls equipped with a GM45 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485218-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer mode ls equipped with a GM45 chipset and Digital Media Slot 494281-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comp uter mode ls equipped with a GL40 chip set, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485219-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comp uter mode ls equipped with a GL40 chip set and Digital Media Slot 494282-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer models equipped with NVIDIA GeFor ce 9200M graphics, a Digital Media Slot, and an HD MI port 488338-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer models equipped with NVIDIA GeFor ce 9200M graphics and a Digita l Media Slot 494283-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Re move the following components: a. Hard dr ive (see Hard driv e on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) Component replacement p r ocedures 75
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are r emove d from the defective system board and installed on the replac ement system board: â Memory modules (see Memory module on page 47 ) â RTC batt ery (see RTC battery on page 46 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 49 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink asse mbly on page 79 ) â Processor (see Processor on page 82 ) Remove the system board: 1. Disconnect the following cables from the system board: (1) USB board cable (2) Bluetooth module cable (3) RJ-11 connector cable (4) Audio board cable 2. Remo ve the power conn ector cable (5) from the clip built in to the base enclosure. 76 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã10 .0 screws that secure the system board to the base enclosure. 4. Use the optical drive connector (1) to lift the right side of the system board (2) until it rests at an angle. 5. Remove the syst em board (3) by pulling it away from the base en closure at an an gle. Reverse this procedure to install the system board. RJ-11 connector cable Description Spare part number RJ-11 connector cable 4866 38-001 Before removi ng the RJ-11 connector cable, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 77
4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) h. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 74 ) Remove the RJ-11 connector cable : 1. Remove the RJ-11 connector from the clip (1) built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the RJ-11 connector cable (2) from the clips and routing channels built into the base enclosure. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the RJ-11 connector cab le. 78 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Fan/heat sink assembly Description Spare part number Fan/heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 486636-001 Before removi ng the fan/heat sink assembly, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Re move the following components: a. Hard dr ive (see Hard driv e on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) h. System board (see System board on pa ge 74 ) Component replacement p r ocedures 79
Remove the fan/he at sink assembly : 1. Disconnect the fan cable from the system board. 2. Turn the system board upside do wn, with the RJ-11 and RJ-45 jacks toward you. 3. Loosen the four Phillips PM2.0Ã10.0 captive screws (1) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board. 4. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) by lifting it straight up. NOTE: The thermal material mu st be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the fan/heat sink and the system board components each time the fan/hea t sink is removed. Thermal grease is located on the section of the fan/heat sink (1) that services the processor (2) . Thermal pads a re located on the section of the fan/he at sink (3) that services the Northbridge chip (4) . Replacement thermal grease and pads are included with all system board, fan/h eat sink assembly, a nd processor spare part kits. 80 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to insta ll the fan/heat sink assembly. Component replacement p r ocedures 81
Processor NOTE: All processor spare pa rt kits include replacemen t thermal material. Description Spare part number AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-82 2.2 0 -GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) 480852-006 AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-80 2.1 0 -GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) 480851-006 AMD Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GH z processo r (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) 480857-005 AMD Athlon Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GH z processor (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) 480856-005 AMD Sempron Single-Core SI-40 2.00- GHz processor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache) 487350-003 Processor bracket ( AMD) 486635-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9600 2.80-GHz proce ssor (6-MB L2 cache) 489157-006 Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53-GHz proce ssor (6-MB L2 cache) 483260-006 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz processor (3-MB L 2 cache) 483259-005 Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz processor (3-MB L 2 cache) 483258-006 Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L 2 cache) 501520-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20-GHz proce ssor (2-MB L2 cache) 501522-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00-GHz proce ssor (2-MB L2 cache) 501521-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501523-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501519-001 Intel Celeron 585 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 494285-001 Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 494284-001 Processor bracket (Intel) 497752-001 Before removing the pro cessor, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) 82 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) h. System board (see System board on pa ge 74 ) i. Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 79 ) Remove the processo r: 1. Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to turn the processor locking scre w (1) one-half t urn counterclo ckwise until you hear a click. 2. Lift the processor (2 ) straight up and remove i t. NOTE: When yo u install the processor, the gold tria ngle (3) on the proce ssor must be aligned with the triangle (4 ) embossed on the processor socket. Reverse this procedure to install the processor. Power connector cable Description Spare part number Power connector cable 486637-001 Before removing the power conne ctor cable, fo llow these s teps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 83
4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 74 ) Remove the power connector cable : 1. Position the system board with the front toward you. 2. Disconnect the power connector cable fro m the system board. Reverse this proc edure to in stall the pow er connector cable. 84 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5 Setup Utility WARNING! Only authorized technicians trained by HP must re pair this equipment. All troubleshooting and repair pr ocedures are detailed to allow re pair at only th e subassembly o r module level. Beca use of the complexity of the individual boards and subassemblies, do not attempt to make repairs at the component level or modify any printed wiring board. Improper repairs can crea te a safety hazard. Any indication of component repla cement or prin ted wiring bo ard modificat ion may void any warran ty or exchange allowances . Starting the Se tup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM- based information and customization ut ility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working. NOTE: The fingerprint reader (selec t models only) cannot be used to access the Setup Utility. The utility reports info rmation about the computer and provides settings for startup, security, and other prefere nces. To start the Setup Utility: î Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . 2. When the Startup Menu is displayed , press f10 . Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the language of the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already run ning, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is di splayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Lan guage , and then press enter . Starting the Setup Utility 85
3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and then press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selecte d is displayed, press enter . 5. To save your chan ge and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes into effect immed iately. Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility Because the Setup Utility is not Wi ndows based, it does not support the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystroke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use th e arrow keys. â To choose an item i n a list or to toggle a field, fo r example an Enable/Disabl e field, use either th e arrow keys or f5 or f6 . â To select a n item, press enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu display, press esc . â To display additional navigation and selection information while the Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displaying system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the comput er. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the compute r is displayed. 3. To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . 86 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility The following procedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Util ity default settings . If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already run ning, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is di splayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Setup Confirmation is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your change and exit the Setup Ut ility, use the a rrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . The Setup Utility defaul t settings go into effect when th e computer restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and la nguage settings are not changed wh en you restore the factory default settings. Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility 87
Exiting the Setup Utility You can exit the Setu p Utility wi th or wit hout saving changes. â To exit the Setup Ut ility and save you r changes from th e current sess ion: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Th en use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your change s from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Th en use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After either choice, the comp uter restarts in Windows. Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this section provid e an ove rview of Setup Utility options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in this chapter may not be sup ported by your computer. 88 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Main menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the computer. â View specification information about the pr ocessor, memory size, system BIOS, and keyboard controll er version (selec t mod els only). Main menu 89
Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administrator password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a p ower-on password . 90 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Change the Setup Utility language. Button Sound (select models only) Enable/disable the ca pacit ive button tapping sound. Virtualization Technology Enable/disable the processor Virtualization Technology. Processor C4 State (select models only) Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. LAN Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable LAN Power Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Card Reader/1394 Power Saving ( select models only) Enable/disable Card Reader/1394 Power Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Fan Always On Enabled/disable Fan Always On. When enabled, the computer fan will always be on. Boot Options Set the follow ing boot options: â f9 and f10 Delay (sec.) âSet the delay for the f9 and f10 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM boot â Enable/disable boot from CD-ROM. â Floppy boot â Enable/disable boot from diskette. â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠USB Floppy ⦠Internal CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠Hard drive ⦠USB Diskette on Key ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠Network adapter System Configuration menu 91
Diagnostics menu Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive . NOTE: On models with two hard drive s, this menu option is called the Primary Hard Disk Self Test . Secondary Hard Disk Se lf Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive . Memory Test Run a diagnostic test on the system memory. 92 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Length 25.60 cm 10.08 in Width 35.70 mm 14.06 in Height (front to rear) 3.71 to 4.44 cm 1.46 to 1.75 in Weight Equipped with 6-cell battery and optical drive 2.65 g 5.84 lbs Input power Operating voltage 19.0 V dc @ 4.74 A â 65 W Operating current 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 35°C 32°F to 95°F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 60°C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitud e (unpress urized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine Nonoperating 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random vibratio n Operating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min sweep rate Computer specifications 93
Metric U.S. Nonoperating 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0 .5 oct/min sweep rate NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specif y thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. 15.4-inch, WXGA display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 20.7 cm 8.15 in Width 33.1 cm 13.03 in Diagonal 39.1 cm 15.39 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 (typical) Brightness 150 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.259 à 0.259 mm Format 1280 à 800 Configuration RGB vertical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power cons umption 4 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, /- 50° vertical (typical) 94 Chapter 6 Specifications
Hard drive specifications 250-GB* 200-GB* 160-GB* 120-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 101 g 101 g 101 g 101 g Interface type SATA SATA SATA SATA Transfer rate 100 MB/se c 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical blocks 488,376,063 390,700,850 312,560,640 234,420,480 Disc rotational speed 5400 rpm 5400 rpm 5400 rpm 5400 rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Actual accessible c apacity is less. Actual drive specifications may differ slightly. NOTE: Certain restrictions and excl usions apply. Contact te chnical su pport for details. Hard drive specifications 95
DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable disc Read: CD-DA, CD (E)G , CD-MIDI, CD-TEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-C D, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD - EXTRA, Portfolio, CD-R, CD-RW), CD- R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM (DVD -5, DVD-9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM Write: CD-R and CD -RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/se c 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode 96 Chapter 6 Specifications
Blu-ray BD-ROM with Supe rMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable disc Read: CD-DA, CD (E )G, CD-MIDI, CD- TEXT, CD-RO M, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-CD, Video CD), Multise ssion CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD-R, CD-RW), CD-R, CD-RW, DVD- ROM (DVD-5 , DVD-9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM, BD-ROM, BD- RE. BD-R Write: CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD R(9), DVD RW, DV D-R, DVD-R(9),DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Blu-ray Random 150 ms 180 ms 300 ms Cache buffer 8 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD- R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5 ,400 KB/sec 2.4X DV D R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec 1X BD-ROM 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-R read 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-RE read 4,500 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD± RW and CD-RW Double- La yer Combo Drive specifications 97
System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory access controller DMA5* Available for PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller can use DM A 1, 2, or 5. 98 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natural Keyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ4 COM1 IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ12 Syn aptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Nu meric data proce ssor IRQ14 Primar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel *Default configuration; audio poss ible configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. NOTE: PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. System interrupt specifications 99
System I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System function (shipp ing configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller no. 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no. 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset configuration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ configuration for CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer registers 044 - 05F Unused 060 Keyboard contr oller 061 Port B 062 - 063 Unused 064 Keyboard contr oller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enable/RTC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 Port A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no. 2 I/O Address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controll er no. 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondary fixed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Primary fixed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 JoyStick (decode d in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 100 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shipping configurat ion) 220 - 22F Entertainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unused 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reserved serial port 2F0 - 2F7 Unused 2F8 - 2FF Infrared port 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondary diskette drive controller 378 - 37F Parallel port (LPT1/default) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3A F Unused 3B0 - 3BB VGA 3BC - 3B F Reserved (parallel port/no EPP support) 3C0 - 3DF VGA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Internal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Serial port (COM1/default) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration index register (PCIDIVO-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIVO-1) System I/O address specifications 101
System memory map specifications Size Memory address System function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended me mory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Super extended me mory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FF FFF Video memory (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFF FFFF System BIOS 102 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specifi cation and reference in formation fo r the screws used in the computer. The screws listed in this section are ava ilable in the Screw Kit, spa re part number 486622-00 1, or the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 486557-001. 103
Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 9 10.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 m m Where used: (1) One screw that s ecures the optical driv e to the comput er (2) Two screws that secure the keyboard cover to the computer 104 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : 4 screws that secure the disp lay asse mbly to the computer Where used : 2 screws that secure the system board to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw 105
Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 4 10.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 m m Where used: 4 captive screws that secure the top cover to the computer (screw s are secured by C- clips) 106 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Black 23 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used : 2 screws that secu re the optical drive br acket to the op tical driv e Where used : 2 screws that secure the ke yboard cover to the computer Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 107
Where used: 2 screws that secure the power button board to the keyboard cover Where used: 6 screws that secure the display panel brackets to the disp lay panel Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to the ba se enclosure 108 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : (1) Two screws that secure the Tou chPad on/off bu tton boar d to the top cover (2) Four screws that secure th e TouchPad button board bracket to the to p cover Where used : 2 screws that se cure the Touc hPad button board to the TouchPad butto n board bracket Where used : One screw that secures the left speaker to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 109
Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 5 6.0 mm 2. 5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: (1) Two captive screws that secure the hard drive co ver to the computer (screws are secured by C-clips) (2) Two captive screws that secure the memory module compartment cove r to the computer (s crews are secured by C-clips) (3) One captive screw tha t secures the WLAN module compartment co ver to the computer (screw is secured by a C-clip) 110 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Black 10 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : (1) Three screws that secure th e hard drive to the com puter (2) Two screws that secu re the WLAN module to the computer (3) Three screws that secure the keyboard to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 111
Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y panel to the display enclosure 112 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Silver 4 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 4 screws that secu re the hard drive bracket to the h ard drive Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw 113
Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 8.0 mm 2. 5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y bezel to the display assembly 114 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Black 4 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 4 screws that secure the displa y hinges to the display enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 115
Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 11 6 .0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to the ba se enclosure Where used: 4 screws that secure the top cover to the ba se enclosure 116 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : (1) Two screws that secure the au di o board to the base enclosu re (2) Two screws that secure the Blueto oth module to the base enclosure Where used : One screw that secures the righ t spea ker to the bas e enclosure Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw 117
Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 1 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 4 captives screws that secure the fan/heat sink to the syst em board (screws are secured by C-clips) 118 Chapter 7 Screw listing
8 Backup and recovery Recovering system information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most curren t backup. HP reco mmends that you create recovery discs immediately after software setup. As you add ne w software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to main tain a reasonably current backup. Tools provided by the ope rating system and Recove ry Manager software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information and restoring it in case of a syst em failure: â Making a set of recovery discs (Recovery Manager sof tware feature). Recovery dis cs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and softwar e programs to factory settings in case of system failure or instability. â Backing up your information regula rly to protect your important system files. â Creating system restore points (operating sys tem feature). System res tore points allow you to reverse undesira ble changes to your comp uter by restoring the computer to an earlier state. â Recovering a program or d river (Recovery Manager software feature ). This feature helps you reinstall a program or driver without performing a full system recovery. â Performing a full system reco very (Recovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you ex perience system failure or instabilit y. Recovery Manager works from a dedicated recovery partitio n (select models only) on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. NOTE: If your computer includes a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To ch eck for the presence of a recovery partition, select Start > Computer . If the partitio n is present, an HP Reco very drive is listed in the Hard Disk Drives section of the win dow. Creating recovery discs NOTE: HP recommends that you create recovery discs to be sure that you can restore your system to its original factory state if you experience serious system failure or instability. C reate these discs after setting up the computer for the first time. NOTE: Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe place. The software allows the creation of only one set of rec overy discs. Recovering system information 119
Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need hi gh quality CD- R , DVD-R, doub le-layer DVD -R, DVD R, double-laye r DVD R, or BD-R (writable Blu-ray) discs. All these discs are purchased separately. NOTE: Read-write discs, such as CD-RW, DVD± RW, double-layer DVD±RW, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, are not compatib le with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connected to AC power during this p rocess. â Only one set of recovery discs can be created per computer. â Number each disc befo re inserting it into the computer optica l drive. â If necessary, you can exit the pr ogram before you have finished creating th e recovery discs. The next time you open Recove ry Manager, you will be prompted to continue the disc creation process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Recovery M anager > Recovery M anager. Recovery Manager opens. 2. Click Advanc ed Options . NOTE: If you are operating the computer on battery power, you will be pr ompted to connect to AC power before you can go to the next step. 3. Click Recove ry disc c reation , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on -screen instructions . Backing up your information When to back up â On a regularly scheduled basis NOTE: Set reminders to back up your information pe riodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Backup suggestions â Create a set of recovery discs using Recovery Manager. â Create system restore points usin g the Windows® System Restore feature, and periodically copy them to disc. â Store personal files in the Documents folder and back up these folders perio dically. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. â Save customized settings in a window, tool bar, or me nu bar by taking a screen shot of your setting s. The screen shot can be a time saver if you have to r eset your pref erences. 120 Chapter 8 Backup an d recovery
To copy the screen an d paste it into a word-processing document, follow these steps: a. Display the screen. b. Copy the scre en: To copy only th e active window, press alt fn pr t sc . To copy the entire scree n, press fn prt sc . c. Open a word-processing document, and then select Edit > Paste . Using system restore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point in time. You can then re cover back to that point if you wa nt to reverse subsequent changes ma de to your system. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier resto re point does not a ffect data files saved or e -mails created since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased protection f or your system files and settings. When to create restore points â Before you add or extensively mo dify software or hardware â Periodically, whenever the system is performi ng optimally NOTE: If you revert to a restore poin t and then cha nge your mind, you can reverse the restoration. Create a system restore point 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2. In the left pane , click System protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Under Automatic restore points , select the disk for which yo u want to create a restore point. 5. Click Create . The System Protection window ope ns. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restore to a previ ous date and time To revert to a restore poi nt (cre ated at a previous date and tim e), when the computer was functioning optimally, follow these steps: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2. In the left pane , click System protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. Recovering system information 121
4. Click the System Restore button, and then click Next . The System Restore window opens. 5. Follow the on -screen instructions . 122 Chapter 8 Backup an d recovery
Performing a recovery NOTE: You can recover only files that you have previous ly backed up. HP recommends that you use Recovery Manage r to create an entire drive backup as so on as you set up your co mputer. Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager work s from recovery discs that you cr eate or from a dedicated recovery partition (select mod els only) on t he hard drive. However, if your co mputer includes a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case , recovery discs have been included with your computer. Use these discs to re cover your operating system and software. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as System Restore and driver roll-back capabilities. If you have not alre ady tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. NOTE: Recovery Manager recovers only software t hat was preinsta lled at the fact ory. Software not provided with this co mputer must be downloaded fr om the manufacturer's Web site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufactu rer. Recovering from the recovery di scs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Insert the fi rst recovery disc into th e optical drive and restar t the computer. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering from the dedicated recover y partitio n (select models only) NOTE: If your computer includes a so lid-state drive (SSD ), you may not have a re covery partition. You will not be able to recover using this procedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to rec over your operating system and software. On some models, you can perform a re covery from the partition on the hard driv e fro m either the Start button or f11 . To restore the system from the partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in either of the fo llowing ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Reco very Manage r > Recovery Ma nager. âorâ â Restart the computer an d press f11 w hile the âPress <F11> for re cov eryâ message is displayed on the screen. Then select Recovery Manag er . Recovery Manager opens. 2. Click Advanced Options . 3. Click System recovery , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering system information 123
9 Connector pin assignments Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3 Ground Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground 124 Chapter 9 Conn ector pin assignments
External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B da ta 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock External monito r 125
RJ-11 (modem) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Unused 126 Chapter 9 Conn ector pin assignments
RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8U n u s e d RJ-45 (network) 127
Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground 128 Chapter 9 Conn ector pin assignments
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input feature of the comp uter permits it to operate from any line voltage from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor powe r cord set included with the compu t er meets the requirem ents for use in the country or region wh ere the equipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries and region s must meet the requirements of th e country or region where the computer is u s ed. Requirements for all countries and regions The require ments listed below are ap plicable to all countries and regions: â The length of th e power cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets mu st be approved by an acceptable accredited a gency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where th e power cord set will be used. â The power cord se ts must have a minimum current capaci ty of 10 amps and a nomina l voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler mu st meet the mechanical configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for ma ting with the appl iance inlet on the back of the compu ter. Requirements for all countries and regio ns 129
Requirements for specific countries and regions Country/region Accredited ag ency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SE MKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0- mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, N o. 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 2 50 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wall plug must bear a âTâ mark and r egistration number in accordance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VC T or VCT F, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm² co nductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) config uration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75- mm² conductor size. Power cord se t fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency resp onsible for evaluation in the countr y or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² c onductor size. Power cord set fittin gs (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 130 Chapter 10 Po wer cord set requirements
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispo se of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local law s and regulations in your area for computer battery dispo sal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caution must be exercise d when removing and ha ndling the backlight to avoi d damaging this component and caus ing exposure to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this appendix can result in damage to display components. The only components inten ded for recycling purposes are the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel and the backlight. Careful handling must be exercised when removing these components. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product cont ains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly that might requi re special handling at end-of-li fe. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of environmental considerations. Fo r disposal or recyc ling information, cont act your loca l authorit ies, or see the Electronic In dustries Alliance (EIA) Web site at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for the display assemb ly. The display assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight (1) a nd the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel (2) . NOTE: The proced ures provided in this append ix are gene ral disassembly instructions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locati ons, and component shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer mode l to anothe r. Battery 131
Perform the followin g steps to di sassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the le ft and right inside edg es (1) and the top and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the b ezel disengages from the display assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3 ) . 132 Chapter 11 Recycling
4. Disco nnect all display pa nel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure the display panel a ssembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the display panel assemb ly (2) from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the display panel asse mbly upside down. 8. Remove all screws t hat secure the disp lay panel frame t o the display pan el. 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape (1) that secures the sides of the display panel to the display panel frame. Display 133
10. Remove the display pa nel frame (2) from the displa y panel. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backli ght cover (2) and swing it outward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the display panel right-sid e up. 134 Chapter 11 Recycling
15. Remove the backlight cab les (1) from the clip (2) in the display panel. 16. Turn the display panel upside down. 17. Remove the backlight frame fro m the display panel. WARNING ! The backlight contains mercury. Exercise caution when removin g and handling the backlight to avoid damag ing this component and causing exposure to the mercury. 18. Remove the backlight from the backligh t frame. Display 135
19. Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD pa nel (3) from the display rear panel. 22. Release the tape (4) that secure s the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle th e LCD panel an d backlight. 136 Chapter 11 Recycling
Index Symbols/Numerics 1394 Power Saving 91 A AC adapter light 12 AC adapter, spare part number 25, 26 administrator password 90 antenna disconne cting 5 1 locations 6 remov al 62 spare part number 22, 29, 63 audio boar d remov al 70 spare part number 18, 29, 70 audio, product description 3 audio-in jack location 10 pin assignments 124 audio-out jack location 10 pin assignments 124 B backup 120 base enclosure, spare part numbers 18, 29, 31 battery location 13 remov al 40 spare part number s 18, 27, 28, 40 battery bay 13 battery latch 13 battery light 10 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double- Layer Combo Drive removal 41 spare part numbers 21, 24, 28, 41 specifications 97 Bluetooth module removal 71 spare part number 18, 27, 71 Bluetooth module cab le, spare part number 18, 27, 29, 71 boot options 91 boot order 91 bottom componen ts 13 button components 7 button sound 91 buttons power 7 TouchPad 9 C cables, service consideration s 33 Card Reader Power Saving 91 changing the Setup Utility language 85 chipset, product description 2 CMOS clearing 37 components bottom 13 buttons 7 display 6 front 10 keys 8 left-side 12 rear 11 right-side 11 top 6 TouchPad 9 computer feet locations 39 spare part number 39 computer specifications 93 connectors power 12 service considerations 33 D Diagnostics menu 92 Digital Media Slot 12 Digital Media Slot light 12 diskette drive precautions 33 product description 3 display assembly remov al 57 spare part number s 16, 28, 30, 57 display bezel illustrated 22 remov al 59 spare part number s 22, 28, 29, 30, 59 display components recycling 131 spare part number s 22 display enclosure illustrated 23 spare part number s 23, 28, 30 display hing e illustrated 22 remov al 61 spare part number 22, 28, 61 Display Hing e Kit, spar e part number 22, 28, 61 display inverter illustrated 22 Index 137
removal 60 spare part numbe r 22, 28, 61 display panel illustrated 22 product description 2 removal 61 spare part numbe r 22, 27, 62 display panel brackets illustrated 22 removal 62 spare part numbe r 22, 28, 62 display panel cab le, spare part number 22, 29 Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 23, 29, 59 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 23, 28, 59 display specifications 94 displaying system information 86 docking support, pr oduct description 4 drive light 10 drives preventing damage 33 drives, boot order 91 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 33 removal 41 spare part numbers 21, 24, 28, 41 specifications 96 E electrostatic discharge 34 esc key 8 Ethernet, product description 3 exiting the Setu p Utility 88 external media cards, prod uct description 4 external monitor port location 12 pin assignments 125 F f11 123 fan always on 91 fan/heat sink assembly remov al 79 spare part number 18, 29, 79 feet locations 39 spare part number 39 fingerprint reader 85 fn key 8 front components 10 full system recovery 119 function keys 8 G graphics, product description 2 grounding equip ment and methods 36 H hard drive location 13 precautions 33 product description 3 remov al 43 spare part number s 18, 24, 28, 31, 43 specifications 95 hard drive bay 13 hard drive bracket, remova l 45 hard drive cover illustrated 23 remov al 44 Hard Drive Hardwa re Kit, spare part number 19, 24, 28, 43 hard drive self test 92 HDMI port 12 headphone jack location 10 pin assignments 124 I I/O address specification s 100 interrupt specifications 99 J jacks audio-in 10 audio-out 10 headphone 10 microphone 10 modem 11 network 12 RJ-11 11 RJ-45 12 K keyboard product description 4 removal 52 spare part numbers 16, 29, 52 keyboard cover removal 54 spare part numbe r 16, 29, 54 keypad keys 8 keys esc 8 fn 8 function 8 keypad 8 volume 8 Windows applications 8 Windows logo 8 L LAN Power Sav ing 91 language support 91 left-side components 12 lights AC adapter 12 battery 10 Digital Media Slot 12 drive 10 optical drive 11 power 10 M Main menu 89 mass storage devices, spare pa rt numbers 24 memory map specifications 102 memory module product description 2 removal 47 spare part numbers 19, 27, 47 memory module compartment 13 memory module compartment cover removal 47 memory test 92 138 Index
microphone illustrated 22 locations 7 product description 3 remov al 63 spare part number 22, 29, 63 microphone jack location 10 pin assignments 124 model name 1 modem jack location 11 pin assignments 126 modem module, product description 3 monitor port location 12 pin assignments 125 N navigating in the Setup Utility 86 network jack location 12 pin assignments 127 O operating system, product description 4 optical d rive location 11 precautions 33 product description 3 remov al 41 spare part number s 21, 24, 41 specifications 96, 97 optical drive light 11 P packing guideline s 35 password clearing 37 passwords 90 pin assignments audio-in jack 124 audio-out jack 124 external monitor po rt 125 headphone jack 124 microphone jack 124 modem jack 126 monitor port 125 network jack 127 RJ-11 126 RJ-45 jack 127 Universal Serial Bus (USB) port 128 plastic parts 32 Plastics Kit contents 23 spare part number 17, 23, 29 pointing device compone nts product de scription 4 TouchPad 9 TouchPad bu ttons 9 TouchPad light 9 TouchPad on/o ff button 9 vertical scroll zone 9 ports extern al monitor 12 HDMI 12 monitor 12 product de scription 4 Universal Serial Bus (USB) 11, 12 power button 7 power button board removal 56 spare part number 16, 29, 56 power connector 12 power connector cable removal 83 spare part number 18, 29, 83 power cord set require ments 129 spare part numbers 25, 30 power light 10 power requirements, product description 4 power-on pa ssword 9 0 processor product de scription 1 removal 82 spare part numbers 17, 26, 30, 82 processor bracket, spare part number 18, 29, 82 Processor C4 State 91 product description audio 3 chipset 2 diskette drive 3 display panel 2 docking support 4 Ethernet 3 external media cards 4 graphics 2 hard drives 3 keyboard 4 memory module 2 microphone 3 modem module 3 operating system 4 optical drives 3 pointing devices 4 ports 4 power requirements 4 processors 1 product name 1 security 4 serviceability 5 webcam 3 wireless 3 product name 1 R rear component 11 recovering a program or driver 119 recovering from the de dicated recovery partition 123 recovering from the recovery discs 123 recovery discs 119 Recovery Manager 119, 123 recovery partition 119 recovery, system 123 removal/replacement preliminaries 32 procedures 38 restore points 121 restoring default settings 87 right-side componen ts 11 RJ-11 connector cable remov al 77 spare part number 18, 29, 77 Index 139
RJ-11 jack location 11 pin assignments 126 RJ-45 jack location 12 pin assignments 127 RTC battery removal 46 spare part numbe r 19, 29, 46 Rubber Kit, spare part number 18, 29 S Screw Kit contents 103 spare part numbe r 25, 29 screw listing 103 secondary hard drive self test 92 security cable slot 11 Security menu 90 security, product description 4 selecting in the Setup Utility 86 serial number 14, 3 8 service considerations 32 serviceability, product description 5 Setup Utili ty overview 85 solid-state drive (SSD ) 11 9, 123 speakers removal 72 spare part numbe r 17, 29, 72 specifications Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD- RW Double-Layer Combo Drive 97 computer 93 display 94 DVD±RW and CD-RW C ombo Drive 96 hard drive 95 I/O addresses 100 interrupts 99 memory map 102 optical drive 96, 97 system DMA 98 starting the Setup Utility 85 static-shielding materials 36 supported discs 120 system board remov al 74 spare part number s 17, 28, 30, 31, 74 System Configurati on menu 91 system DMA 98 system failure or instability 119 system information 89 system memory map 102 system recovery 123 system restore points 119 T tools required 32 top components 6 top cover remov al 64 spare part number 17, 29, 64 TouchPad 9 TouchPad button bo ard remov al 68 spare part number 17, 29, 68 TouchPad buttons 9 TouchPad components, illustrated 9 TouchPad light 9 TouchPad on/off bu tton 9 TouchPad on/off button board remov al 66 spare part number 17, 29, 66 transporting guidelines 35 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port location 11, 12 pin assignments 128 unknown password 37 USB board remov al 73 spare part number 18, 29, 73 USB board cable, spare pa rt number 18, 29, 73 V vents 11, 13 vertical scroll zone 9 Virtualization Technology 91 Volume keys 8 W webcam location 7 product description 3 webcam light 6 webcam module illustrated 22 removal 60 spare part numbe r 22, 29, 60 webcam module cabl e illustrated 22 spare part numbe r 22, 29 Windows applications key 8 Windows logo key 8 wireless antenna disconnecting 51 locations 6 removal 62 spare part numbe r 22, 63 Wireless Antenna Kit, spare part number 22 wireless button 7 wireless, produc t descriptio n 3 WLAN module removal 49 spare part numbers 19, 26, 27, 49 WLAN module compar tment 13 WLAN module compar tment cover illustrated 23 removal 51 workstation guidelines 35 140 Index
© Copyright 2008 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Athlon, Sempron, and Turion ar e trademarks of Advanced Mi cro Devic es, Inc. Inte l, Celeron, Core, and Pentium are trade marks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SD Logo is a tra demark of its proprietor. The information contained her ein is subje ct to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statemen ts accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional wa rranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial err ors or omissions contained herein. Third Edition: October 2008 First Edition: June 2008 Document Part Number: 482521-003
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the p ossibility of heat-related inju ries or of overheatin g the comp uter, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another ha rd surfac e, such as a n adjoining optio nal printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also , do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such a s pillows or rugs or clothing, during op eration. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessibl e surface temp erature limits de fined by the In ternational Standard for Safety of Info rmation Techn ology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii
iv Safety warning no tice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 External component identific ation Top components ................ ............ ............ ................ ............ ............ ............... .............. ... .................. . 6 Displa y componen ts ............. ............. ............ .................. .............. ............... .............. ......... 6 Butto ns and sp eaker s ..... ........... ........ ......... ......... .......... ........ ........... ........ ........ ......... .......... 7 Keys ......... ......... .......... .......... ............ ......... .......... ............ .......... ......... .......... ............ .......... . 8 TouchPad ...... ......... ............ ........ ......... ......... .......... ......... ......... ......... ........... ........ ......... ....... ........ ........ 9 Front components .................... ............. ............ ............... ............ ............. ............... .......... ............ .... 10 Right-side components ................ ............ ............... ............ ............. ............... ............ .......... ......... ..... 11 Rear component ............... ......... .......... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... ............ ..... .......... .. 11 Left-side components ........... ........ .......... ......... .... ........ ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ........ .... ........... .... 12 Bottom components ........... ............ ............... .............. ........... ............... ............ .............. ..... .............. 13 3 Illustrated parts cata log Serial number location .............. ............ ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... ........... ....... ......... 14 Computer major components ......... ..................... .................. .................... .................. ............... .. ...... 15 Display assembly components .......... .......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ........... ........... .......... ..... ........ 22 Plastics Kit ............ ............. .......... .......... .......... ............. .......... .......... .......... ............. ... .............. .......... 23 Mass storage devices ............. ............ ............... ............ ............. ............... ............ ............ .. ............... 24 Miscellaneous parts ...................... ............. ............... ............ ........... ................ ............. ..... ................ . 25 Sequential part number listing .............. .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... ............. ......... ......... ........ .... 26 4 Remova l and replacemen t procedures Preliminary replacement requiremen ts ............ ............ ............ ............... ............ ............. ............ .. ..... 32 Tools required .................. ......... .......... ............ ......... ......... ........... .......... ......... ............ ... .... 32 Service considerations ............ ........... ............ .............. ............ ........... ............ .......... ......... 32 Plastic parts ............. .......... .......... .............. ........... ........... .......... ............. ........... 32 Cables and connectors .......... ............. .......... ............ ........... ........... ............ ...... 33 Drive hand ling ................... .......................... ........................ .............. ................ 33 Grounding guidelines ................ ......... ........... .......... ........... ......... .......... ........... ......... ......... 34 Electr ostatic dis charge damage ........ ........................... ....................... .............. 34 Packaging and tr ansporting gu idelines ... ... ........ .......... ......... .......... .. 35 v
Workstation guidelines ............... ........... .......... ......... ............ ......... ... 35 Equipment g uidelines ......... . ........................... ............................ ..... . 36 Unknown us er password ............................ .................................. ................................. .... 37 Component replacement pr ocedures ... ................... ........... .................... ................... ........... ........... ... 38 Serial nu mber ................... ......................... ........................... ........................... ............... ... 38 Computer fe et ............... .................. .................. .................. ................. ................... ........ ... 39 Battery ......................... ..................... ...................... .............. ....................... .............. ........ 40 Optical drive .......... ............ ......... .......... ......... ........... ........... ........ .......... ............ ......... .. .... .. 41 Hard d rive ........... ................... ..................... .................... ............ ................... .............. ...... 43 RTC batter y ............... ............................ ...................... ........................... ....................... .... 46 Memory module ............... .................. ................... .................. ................... ................ ........ 47 WLAN module .......... ................ ........... ........... ............... ........... ............ .............. ........... .... . 49 Keyboard . .......................... ....................... .......................... ...................... .................... .... . 52 Keyboard cover ................... ........... ............ .............. ........... ............ .............. ........... ........ .. 54 Power bu tton board .. .............................. .......................... .............................. ................... 56 Display assembly .............. ......... ......... ........... .......... ......... ............ ........ ........... .......... ....... . 57 Top cover ................ ........ ........... ......... ............ ......... .......... ......... ............ .......... ......... .. .... .. 64 TouchPa d on/off butto n board .......... ........................... ......................... ........................ ..... 66 TouchPa d button board .......... ....................... ....................... ...................... ............. .......... 68 Audio boar d ............. ........................ ............... .......................... ....................... .............. .... 70 Bluetooth module ............ ............ ......... .......... ............ ......... .......... ........... ......... ......... ....... . 71 Speakers ............ ............... ............ ............ ............. ............ ............ ............... .......... ..... ...... 72 USB boar d ............... ............ .................. ..................... ..................... ................... ........... . ... 73 System board ............... ............ ........... ............ .............. ........... ............ ............... ............ ... 74 RJ-11 connector cable ....... ......... ............ ......... ........ ............ ......... ......... ........... .......... ....... 7 7 Fan/heat s ink assembly . .................... ................. ........... .................... ................... ............. 79 Processor ......... ............ ............. ............ ............ .............. ........... ............ ............ .......... ...... 82 Power c onnector cabl e ............. ......................... ..................... ........................ ................... 8 3 5 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility .......... ........... .......... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... ......... ...... ......... ........ 85 Changing the language of the Setup Utility ............ .................................................. .......... ............ .... 85 Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility ......... ............................ ............................. ............... ..... 86 Displaying system information ............. ............... ............ ........... ................ ........... .............. ..... ........... 86 Restoring default settings in the Setu p Utilit y ........... ........... ......... .......... .......... .......... ......... ......... ...... 87 Exiting t he Setup Utility ................... .............. .......................... ......................... ................. .. ............... 88 Setup Utility menus ........ .............. ............. .......................................... .................... .......... .... ............. 88 Main menu ............... ........... ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... ............ ............ .......... ........... 89 Secur ity menu ......... ..................... ....................... .................... ............. ..................... ...... .......... ......... 90 System C onfiguration menu .......... .................. .................... .................. ................. .................. ....... ... 91 Diagnostics menu .............. .......... ......... .......... ............. .......... ......... .......... .............. ......... .. ............. .... 92 6 Specification s vi
Computer specifications ........... ......... ........ ........ .......... ........ ......... .......... ........ ........ ......... ..... .......... . ... 93 15.4-inch, WXGA display specifications ........... ........... ......... ......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ...... ..... 94 Hard d rive sp ecifications ... ..................... ..................... ..................... ..................... .............. ............... 95 DVD±RW an d CD-RW Supe rMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specificat ions .................................. 96 Blu-ray BD-ROM with Super Multi DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications ...... .......... ........... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... ............ ....... ........... ........... 97 System DMA specifications ........... .......... ......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ......... ............ ...... ........... 98 System interrupt specifications ................... ............ ............... .............. ............... ........... ......... ....... ..... 99 System I/O address specifications ............. .......... ......... ............ ......... .......... ............ ........ .......... ...... 100 System memory map specifications ........ .......... ............ ......... ............ ......... .......... ........... ......... .... ... 102 7 Screw listing Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw ............. .......... ............. ........... ........... .............. .......... .............. ..... .......... 104 Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw ... .......... ............. ........... ........... .............. .......... .......... ........... ...... 106 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 107 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw ........... .......... .............. .......... .............. .......... ............ ............. .. ..... 110 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 111 Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 113 Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 114 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 115 Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw ...... .......... ........... ........... .............. .......... ........... ........... ............. ..... ........... 116 Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw ... .......... ............. ........... ........... .............. .......... .......... ........... ...... 118 8 Backup and recovery Recovering system information ............... ............ ..... ............. ............ ........... ................ ........... .. ....... 119 Creating recovery discs ............. ............ ........ ............ ......... ......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 119 Backing up your information ....... ......... ............ ......... .......... ......... ........ ............ ......... ....... 120 When to back up ... ........... ........ .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... .......... .... 120 Backup suggestions ..... .......... ............. ........... ............. .......... .............. .......... .. 120 Using system restore points ........... ......... .......... ........... .......... ........... ......... ........... .......... 121 When to create restore points .......... ............. ........... ............ .......... ............ ..... 121 Create a system restore point .......... .......... .............. .......... ............ .......... ....... 121 Restore t o a previous dat e and time ....... . ............ ..................... ..................... . 121 Perfo rming a recovery .... ................. .................... ................... .................. .......... ............. 123 Recovering from the recovery discs .......... ........... ............. ........... .......... ......... 123 Recoverin g from the dedicated rec overy partition (se lect models only) .......... 123 9 Connector pin as signment s Audio-out (headphone) ....................... .............. ........... ............... .............. ........... ................ . ............ 124 Audio-in (microphone) ................... ............. ............ ............ ............... ............. ............ ......... ......... .... 124 External monitor ................ .......... ........... ............ .......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ......... ............ ..... 125 RJ-11 (modem) ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... ........ ......... .......... ......... .......... ......... ........ . ............... 126 RJ-45 (network) ........... .......... ............ .......... .......... .......... ............. .......... .......... ............. .. ............... .. 127 vii
Universal Serial Bus ................ ............. ................ ........... ............ ............... ............ ........... ........... .... 128 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries and region s .................. ........... ......... ......... ......... ............ ......... ....... .. 129 Requirem ents for specif ic countries and regi ons ............................. ................................................ 1 30 11 Recyclin g Battery ......... .......... ........ ......... ........... ........ ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... .......... ............... ........... .... 131 Display ............... ............ ............ ............... ............. ............ ............... ............ ............. ............ ........... 131 Index ............... ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................ .............. ......... ................ ................ ........ 137 viii
1 Product description Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Product Name HP G50 Notebook PC â Compaq Presario C Q50 Notebook PC â Processors AMD processors: Turion⢠Ultra Dual-Core ZM-8 2 2.20-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) â â Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-80 2.10-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) â â Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GHz processo r (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) â â Athlon⢠X2 Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GHz processor (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) â â Sempron⢠Single Core SI-40 2.00-GHz processor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache) â â Intel processors: Intel® Coreâ¢2 Duo T9600 2.80-GH z processor (6- MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53 -GHz processor (6-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20 -GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00 -GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Pentium® Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) ââ 1
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Intel Celeron® 585 2.16-GHz proce ssor (1-MB L2 cache) â â Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) â â Chipset Northbridge and Southbridg e: NVIDIA MCP77MV GeForce 8200M â â Graphics Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) graphics subsystem integrated with shared system memory (dynamicall y allocated) â Up to 256 MB o f total available graphics subsystem memory when computer system memory equals or is greater than 2 048 MB â Up to 128 MB o f total available graphics subsystem memory when computer system memory equals or is greater than 1 024 MB â Up to 64 MB of total available graphics subsystem memory when computer system memory equals 512 MB NVIDIA Discrete GeForce 9200M GE with 256 MB of dedicated video memory â â Panel 15.4-inch WXGA BrightView display panel (1280 à 800) â â Typical brightness: 200 nits â â All display assemblies include 2 wireless lo cal area network (WLAN) antennae â â Memory 2 customer-accessible/upgradable memory module slots â â Supports dual-channel memory â â Supports up to 4 GB of system RAM â â Supports PC2-6400, 800-MHz, DDR2 and PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR 2 â â Supports the following configurations: â 4096-MB total system memory (2048 à 2, dual-channel) â 3072-MB total system memory (204 8 1024) â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 à 1, 1024 à 2, dual-channel) â 1536-MB total system memory (1024 51 2) â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 à 1, 512 à 2, dual-channel) â 512-MB total system memory (512 à 1, only on computer models equipped with FreeDOS and Windows Vista® Basic) ââ 2 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Hard drives Supports 9.5-mm, 2.5-inch hard drives â â Customer accessible â â Serial ATA â â Supports the following drives: â 250-GB, 5400-rpm â 200-GB, 5400-rpm â 160-GB, 5400-rpm â 120-GB, 5400-rpm â â Optical drives Fixed (removal of 1 screw required) â â Customer accessible â â Parallel ATA â â 12.7-mm tray load â â Supports the following drives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Co mbo Drive â Blu-ray BD -ROM wi th SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive â â Diskette drive Supports external USB diskette drive only â â Webcam VGA camera, 640 à 480 resolution, 22.5 frames p er second, fixed angle, with activity light â â Microphone Single analog microphone â â Audio High-definition audio supports Microsoft premium requirements â â 2 HP-branded Altec/Lansing speakers â 2 Presario-branded Altec/Lansing speakers â Modem 56K V.92 1.5-inch data/fax modem â â Computer models not equipped with a modem w ill have a cover on the RJ-11 jack opening â â Supports all world-wide ce rtification requirements â â Ethernet Integrated 10/100 network interface card (NIC) â â Wireless Integrated WLAN options by way of wireless module: 2 wireless antennae built into display assembly â â Support for no-WLAN option ââ 3
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC Support for the following WLAN forma ts: â Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n â Atheros AR2425 802.11b/g â Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g â â External media card Digital Media Slot supporting SD, MMC, MS, MSPro, xD. With adapter (not included), supports mini versions of SD, MMC, MS Duo. â â Ports Audio-in (mono microph one) â â Audio-out (stereo headphone) â â High-definition multimedia interface (HD MI) version 1.3 supporting 1080p with high-bandwidth digital content protection (HDCP) key â â RJ-11 (modem) â â RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes li nk and activity lights) â â USB (2) â â VGA (Dsub 15-pin) supporting 1920 Ã 1200 external resolution at 75-Hz, 1600 Ã 1200 external resolution at 75-Hz (hot plug/unplug with auto- detect) â â Multi-pin AC power â â Docking None â â Keyboard/po inting devices Spill-resistant 30.5-cm (12.0-inch) keyboa rd â â TouchPad with 2 TouchPad buttons â â Supports 4-way scroll â â Taps enabled as default â â Power requirements 65-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support â â Supports the following batteries: â 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh â 6-cell, 2.55-Ah, 55-Wh â 6-cell, 2.20-Ah, 47-Wh â â Security Security cable slot â â Operating system Preinstalled: Windows Vista Business 32 â â Windows Vista Premium 32 â â Windows Vista Home Basic 32 â â Windows Vista Starter Edition 32 ââ 4 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description HP G50 Notebook PC Compaq Presario CQ50 Notebook PC FreeDOS â â Serviceability End-user replaceable part s: AC adapter â â Battery (system) â â Hard driv e â â Memory module â â Optical drive â â WLAN module ââ 5
2 External component identification Top components Display components Item Com ponent Description (1) Wireless antennae (2, select models only) Send and receive signals from one or more wireless devices. NOTE: The antennae are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennae free from obstru ctions. To see wireless regulatory notices, refer to the section of the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental N otices that applies to your country or re g ion. These notices are located in Help and Support. (2) Integrated webcam light (select model s only) On: The webcam is in use. 6 Chapter 2 Exte rnal component identificatio n
Item Co mponent Description (3) Integrated webcam (select models only) Records audio and video and captures still photographs. (4) Internal microphone Records sound. Buttons and speakers Item Co mponent Description (1) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (2) Power button â When the computer is off, press the b utton to turn on the comput er. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hiberna tion. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows® shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 secon ds to turn off the computer . To learn more about your power settings, select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > Power Options . (3) Wireless button Turns the wireless feature on or off, but does not cr eate a wireless connection. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up in order to establish a wireless connection . Top components 7
Keys Item Component Function (1) esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with a function key or the esc key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Embedded numeric keypad keys Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad . (5) Windows applications key Displays a shortcut menu for items beneath the pointer. (6) Volume keys Adjusts system volume when pressed in combination with the fn key. (7) Function keys Execute frequently us ed system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key. 8 Chapter 2 Exte rnal component identificatio n
TouchPad Item Compon ent Function (1) TouchPad light â White: TouchPad is enabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. (2) TouchPad* Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. (3) Left TouchPad button* Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (4) Right TouchPad button Functions like the right button on an external mo use. (5) TouchPad vertical scroll zon e* Scrolls up or down. (6) TouchPad on/off button Enables/disables the TouchPad. *This table describes factory settings. To view an d change TouchPad preferences, select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Mouse . TouchPad 9
Front components Item Com ponent Function (1) Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery leve l. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light Blinking: The hard dr ive or optical drive is being accessed. (4) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional co mputer headset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. (5) Audio-out (headphone) jack Produces sound when connected to optional pow ered stereo speakers, headphones, ear b uds, a headset, or television audio. NOTE: This table describes factory settings. For information about changing facto ry setting s, refer to the user guides located in Help and Support. 10 Chapter 2 External component identification
Right-side components Item Co mponent Function (1) Optical drive Reads optical discs and, on sele ct models, also writes to optical discs. (2) Optical drive light Blinking: The optical drive is being accessed. (3) USB ports (2) Connect an optional USB devices. (4) RJ-11 (modem) ja ck Connects a modem cable. (5) Security cable slot Attaches an optional secu rity cable to the com puter. NOTE: The security cable is desig ned to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer fr om being mishandled or stolen. Rear component Componen t Function Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Right-side components 11
Left-side components Item Com ponent Funct ion (1) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. (2) AC adapter light â On: The computer is connected to external power. â Off: The computer is not connected to external power. (3) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or pr ojector. (4) RJ-45 (network ) jack Connects a network cable. (5) HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high- definition television, or any compatib le digital or audio component. (6) USB port Connects an optional USB device. (7) Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Ca rd (XD) â xD-Picture Card (XD ) Type H â xD-Picture Card (XD ) Type M (8) Digital Media Slot light On: A digital card is being accessed. 12 Chapter 2 External component identification
Bottom components Item Co mponent Funct ion (1) Battery bay Holds the battery. (2) Battery release latch Rele ases the battery from the battery bay. (3) WLAN module compartment Holds the WLAN module. CAUTION: To prevent an unresp onsive system, replace the wireless module on ly with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the gover nmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical support through Help a nd Support. (4) Vents (4) Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts u p automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. (5) Memory module compartment Contains the memory module slots. (6) Hard driv e bay Holds t he hard drive. Bottom components 13
3 Illustrated parts catalog Serial number location When ordering parts or requestin g information, provide the computer serial nu mber and model number located on the botto m of the computer. 14 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Computer major components Computer major comp onents 15
Item Description Spare part number (1) 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assemblies (include 2 WLAN an tenna tran sceivers and cables, microphones and cables, and logo) For use only with HP G 50 computer mode ls Includes webcam module and cable 487603-001 Does not include webc am module and cable 487602-001 For use only with Compaq CQ5 0 computer models Includes webcam module and cable 485047-001 Does not include webc am module and cable 485046-001 Refer to Display asse mbly components on page 22 , for more display assembly component spare p art information. (2) Keyboards (include keyboa rd cable) For use in Belgium 486654-A41 For use in Canada 486654-121 For use in the Czech Republic 486654-221 For use in France 486654-051 For use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 486654-DH1 For use in Germany 486654-041 For use in Greece 486654-151 For use in Israel 486654-BB1 For use in Italy 486654-061 For use in Latin America 486654-161 For use in the Netherlands 486654-B31 For use in Portugal 486654-131 For use in Russia 486654-251 For use in Saudi Arabia 486654-171 For use in South Korea 486654-AD1 For use in Spain 486654-071 For use in Switzerland 486654-111 For use in Taiwan 486654-AB1 For use in Thailand 486654-281 For use in Turkey 486654-141 For use in the United Kingdom 486654-031 For use in the United States 486654-001 (3) Keyboard cover 486626-001 (4) Powe r button board (in cludes power button board cable) 486627-001 16 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (5) Top cover (includes TouchPad board) 486628-001 (6) TouchPad on/off butt on board (includes cables) 486630-001 (7) TouchPad button board and bracket 486629-001 (8) Speakers (includes left and righ t speakers and cables) 486632-001 Plastics Kit (see Plastics Kit on page 23 for more Plastics Kit spare part inform ation) 486621-001 (9a) Hard drive cover (9b) WLAN module compartment cover (10) System boards (in clude UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal materi al) Equipped with AMD processors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a Digital Media Slot and an HDMI port 489810-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer models equipped only with a Digital Media Slot 486550-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with an HDMI port 490828-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models not equipped with an HDMI port 494182-001 Equipped with Intel processors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GM45 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485218-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GM45 chipset and Digital Media Slot 494281-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GL40 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485219-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equip ped with a GL40 chipset and Digital Media Slot 494282-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equipped w ith NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics, a Digital Media Slot, and an HDMI por t 488338-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ 50 computer models equipped w ith NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics and a Digital Media Slot 494283-001 (11) Processors (include replacemen t thermal material) â AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Cor e ZM-82 2.20-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cach e) 480852-006 â AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Cor e ZM-80 2.10-GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cach e) 480851-006 â AMD Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GHz processor (35W, 1- MB L2 cache) 480857-005 â AMD Sempron Single Core SI-40 2.00-GHz processor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache) 487350-003 â AMD Athlon X2 Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GHz processor ( 35W, 1-MB L2 cache) 480856-005 â Intel Core2 Duo T9600 2.80-GHz processor ( 6-MB L2 cache) 489157-006 â Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53-GHz processor ( 6-MB L2 cache) 483260-006 â Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz pr ocessor (3-MB L2 cache) 483259-005 â Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz pr ocessor (3-MB L2 cache) 483258-006 Computer major comp onents 17
Item Description Spare part number â Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 501520-001 â Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20-GHz pr ocessor (2-MB L2 cache) 501522-001 â Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00-GHz pr ocessor (2-MB L2 cache) 501521-001 â Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 501523-001 â Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 501519-001 â Intel Celeron 585 2.16-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 494285-001 â Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz pr ocessor (1-MB L2 cache) 494284-001 Processor bracket (not illustrated) 486635-001 (12) Fan/heat sink assemb ly (includes replacement therma l material) 486636-001 (13) Power connector cable 486637-001 (14) Bluetooth ® module (does not include Bluetooth module cable) 483113-001 Bluetooth module cable 486640-001 (15) USB board (does not include USB board cable) 486633-001 USB board cable (includes num lock LED) 486639-001 (16) RJ-11 con nector cable 486638-001 (17) Audio board (i ncludes audio b oard cable) 486634-001 (18) Base enclosures (include ru bber feet) For use only with computer models equipped with a Digital Media Slot and an HDMI port 486625- 001 For use only with comp uter models equipped with a Digital Media Slot, but not an HDMI port 492300-001 For use only with comp uter models equipped with an HDMI port, but not a Digital Media Slot 492301-001 For use only with computer models not equipped with a Digital Media Slot or an HDMI port 494183-001 Rubber Kit (not illustrated, includ es 8 computer feet) 486623-001 (19) Batteries 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh battery 484172-001 6-cell, 2. 55-Ah, 55-Wh battery 484171- 001 6-cell, 2. 20-Ah, 47-Wh battery 485041- 001 (20) Hard drives (include hard drive bracket an d connector) For models equipped with AMD processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm 485036-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm 490829-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 485035-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 485034-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm 485036-002 18 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number 160-GB, 5400-rpm 485035-002 120-GB, 5400-rpm 485034-002 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes ha rd drive bracket, connector, and scr ews) 485037-001 (21) RTC batt ery 486624-001 (22) Memory modules For models equipped with AMD processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-001 1024-MB 485032-001 512-MB 485031-001 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-001 1024-MB 485029-001 512-MB 485028-001 For models equipped with Intel processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-002 1024-MB 485032-002 512-MB 485031-002 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-002 1024-MB 485029-002 512-MB 485028-002 (23) WLAN m odules Atheros AR9280 8 02.11a/b/g/n WLAN modules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Gua m, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islan ds, and the United States 482260-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra , Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Ver de, the Central African Re public, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domi nica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea , Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, German y, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyan a, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Indi a, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, L atvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuani a, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, 482260-002 Computer major comp onents 19
Item Description Spare part number Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro , the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sl ovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and N evis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Swe den, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Ton ga, Trinidad and To bago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Ven ezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe â For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentin a, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Co lombia, Costa Rica, the Do minican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 480985-001 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the United States and Canada 482957-001 Atheros AR2425 802 .11b/g WLAN m odules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459339-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan , Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, Congo, Costa R ica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Re public, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland , France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghan a, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guin ea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ice land, Indi a, Indonesia, Ireland , Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jo rdan, Kazakh stan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrg yzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Li echten stein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nau ru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, N icaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's R epublic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the Re public of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome a nd Principe, Saudi Arabia, Seneg al, Serbia and Montenegro, Seychelles, Sierra Leone , Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lan ka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Th ailand, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459339-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN mod ules: â For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459263-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan , Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, t he British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, 459263-002 20 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Ver de, the Central African Re public, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domi nica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea , Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, German y, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyan a, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Indi a, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, L atvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuani a, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesi a, Monaco, Mongo lia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's R epu blic of China, Peru, the Philip pines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Mold ova, Romania, Russia, Rwa nda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Sw itzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Ar ab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbe kistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe (24) Optical drives (includ e optical drive bezel and bracket) For models equipped with AMD processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-La yer Combo Drive 485038-001 For models equipped with Intel processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-La yer Combo Drive 485038-002 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD± RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive 485040-002 Computer major comp onents 21
Display assembly components Item Description Spare part number (1) Display bezels : For use only with HP G50 computer models equipped with a webcam mo dule and a microphone 487607-001 For use only with HP G50 computer models equipped only with a microphone 487606-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 comp uter models equipped with a webcam mod ule and a microphone 486582-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 comp ut er models equipped only with a microphone 486555 -001 (2) Display inverter 486556-001 (3) Webcam module (does not include w ebcam module cable) 486581-001 (4) Display panel brackets (in cludes left and right brackets) 486559-001 (5) Display Hinge Kit (includ es left and right display hinges) 486558-001 (6) 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display panel (includes displa y panel and backlight cables) 485027-001 Display panel cable (not ill ustrated) 486561-001 Display screw kit (not illustrated) 489133â001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display panel only (not illustrated, does not includ e cables ) 488341â001 (7) Wireless Antenna Kit (inclu des left and right wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 486562-001 (8) Webcam module cable 486583-001 (9) Microphone (includes receiver and cable) 486560-001 22 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (10) Display enclosures (include log o) For use only with HP G50 computer models 487605-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models 486554-001 Display Rubber Kit (not illustrated, includes display beze l rubber screw covers) 486584-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 486557-001 Plastics Kit Item Description Spare part number Plastics Kit: 486621-001 (1) WLAN module compartment cover (includes 1 cap tive screw, secured by a C-clip) (2) Hard drive cover (includes 2 capt ive scr ews, secured by C-clips) Plastics Kit 23
Mass storage devices Item Description Spare part number (1) Hard drives (include co nnector and bracket ) 250-GB, 5400-rpm 485036-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm 490829-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm 485035-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm 485034-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes connector, bracket, and screws) 485037-001 (2) Optical drives (include bezel and bracket) DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScr ibe 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo D rive 485038-001 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo D rive 485040-002 24 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number 65-W PFC AC adapter 463958-001 Power cords: For use in Argentina 490371-D01 For use in Australia 490371-011 For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in Europe 490371-021 For use in India 490371-D61 For use in Israel 490371-BB1 For use in Italy 490371-061 For use in South Africa 490371-AR1 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Switzerland 490371-111 For use in Taiwan 490371-AB1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 490371-031 For use in the United States 490371-001 Screw Kit â Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã10.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 486622-001 Miscellaneous parts 25
Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 459263-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Canada, th e Cayman Islands, Guam, Puer to Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Alb ania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Ar uba, Austra lia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Her zegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso , Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, C olombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Et hiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Gh ana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Gua temala, Guinea, Guinea- Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hun gary, Ic eland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Ma lawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Net her Antilles , the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paragu ay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Rep ublic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slova kia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Ne vis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago , Tunisia, Turk ey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vie tnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimba bwe 459339-001 Atheros AR2425 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459339-002 Atheros AR2425 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Afghan istan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Ar uba, Austra lia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Her zegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso , Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, C olombia, Comoros, the Congo, C osta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Et hiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Gh ana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Gua temala, Guinea, Guinea- Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hun gary, Ic eland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Ma lawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritiu s, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Net her Antilles , the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Pan ama, Papua New Guinea, Paragu ay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Rep ublic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slova kia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Ne vis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago , Tunisia, Turk ey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vie tnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimba bwe 463958-001 65-W PFC AC adapter 480851-006 AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-80 2.10-GHz processo r (35W, 2-MB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 480852-006 AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-82 2.20-GHz proc essor (3 5W, 2-MB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 26 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 480856-005 AMD Athlon X2 Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GHz proces sor (35W, 51 2-KB L2 cache, in cludes replacement thermal material) 480857-005 AMD Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GHz processor (35W, 1-MB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 480985-001 Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Aruba, the Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Isla nds, Chile, Colombia, Costa Ri ca, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 482260-001 Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Pue rto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 482260-002 Atheros AR9280 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andor ra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armen ia, Aruba, Aust ra lia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Beni n, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verd e, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the C ongo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, th e Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Fi nland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gr eece, Grenada, Guadeloup e, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea- Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungar y, Ic eland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Lu xembourg, Macedonia, Madag ascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martin ique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Microne sia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Net her Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragu a, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Pa lau, Panama, Papua N ew Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Sloveni a, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and N evis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland , Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobag o, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 482957-001 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the United States and Canada 483113-001 Bluetooth module (does not include Bluetooth module cable) 483258-006 Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 483259-005 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 483260-006 Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53-GHz processor (6-MB L2 cache) 484171-001 Bluetooth module cable 484172-001 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh battery 485027-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView di splay panel (includes display panel and backlight cab les) 485028-001 512-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485028-002 512-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 485029-001 1024-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485029-002 1024-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485030-001 2048-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485030-002 2048-MB memory module (PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2) Sequential part numbe r listing 27
Spare part number Description 485031-001 512-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485031-002 512-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485032-001 1024-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485032-002 1024-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 485033-001 2048-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485033-002 2048-MB memory module (PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2) 485034-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485034-002 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485035-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485035-002 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485036-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485036-002 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and connector) 485037-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes ha rd drive bracket, connector, and screws) 485038-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer C ombo Drive 485038-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer C ombo Drive 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Dr ive with LightScribe 485039-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Dr ive with LightScribe 485040-002 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive 485041-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah, 47-Wh battery 485046-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly with webcam module and cable for use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN ant enna tr ansceivers and cabl es, microphones and cables, and logo) 485047-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly without webcam module and cable fo r use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN ant enna tr ansceivers and cabl es, microphones and cables, and logo) 485218-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with a GM45 chip set, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485219-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq C Q50 computer models equipp ed with a GL40 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 486550-001 System board for use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer mod els equipped only wi th a Digital Media Slot (includes UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal material) 486554-001 Display enclosure for use only with Com paq CQ50 computer mode ls (includes logo) 486555-001 Display bezel for use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped only with a microphone 486556-001 Display invert er 486557-001 Display Screw Kit 486558-001 Display Hinge Kit (includes left and right display hinges) 486559-001 Display panel brackets (includes left and right brackets) 28 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 486560-001 Microphone (includes receiver and cable) 486561-001 Display panel cable 486562-001 Wireless Antenna Kit (includes left and li ght wireless antenna transceivers and cables) 486581-001 Webcam module (does not include webcam module cable) 486582-001 Display bezel for use only with Compaq CQ50 comp uter models equipp ed with a webcam module and a microphone 486583-001 Webcam module cable 486584-001 Display Rubber Kit (includes display bezel rubber screw covers) 486621-001 Plastics Kit (see Plastics Kit on page 23 for more Plastics Kit spare part infor mation) 486622-001 Screw Kit 486623-001 Rubber Kit (includes 8 computer feet) 486624-001 RTC battery 486625-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer model s equip ped with a Digital Media Slot and an H DMI port (includes rubber feet) 486626-001 Keyboard cover 486627-001 Power button board ( includes cable) 486628-001 Top cover (includes TouchPad board) 486629-001 TouchPad button board and bracket 486630-001 TouchPad on/off button b oard (includes cables) 486632-001 Speakers (includes left and ri gh t speakers and ca bles) 486633-001 USB board (does not include USB board cable) 486634-001 Audio board (includes cable) 486635-001 Processor bracket 486636-001 Fan/heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 486637-001 Power connector cable 486638-001 RJ-11 connector cable 486639-001 USB board cable (includes num lock LED) 486640-001 Bluetooth module cable 486654-001 Keyboard for use in the United States 486654-031 Keyboard for use in the United Kingdom 486654-041 Keyboard for use in Germany 486654-051 Keyboard for use in France 486654-061 Keyboard for use in Italy 486654-071 Keyboard for use in Spain Sequential part numbe r listing 29
Spare part number Description 486654-111 Keyboard for use in Switzerland 486654-121 Keyboard for use in Canada 486654-131 Keyboard for use in Portugal 486654-141 Keyboard for use in Turkey 486654-151 Keyboard for use in Greece 486654-161 Keyboard for use in Latin America 486654-171 Keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia 486654-221 Keyboard for use in the Czech Republic 486654-251 Keyboard for use in Russia 486654-281 Keyboard for use in Thailand 486654-A41 Keyboard for use in Belgium 486654-AB1 Keyboard for use in Taiwan 486654-AD1 Keyboard for use in South Korea 486654-B31 Keyboard for use in the Netherlands 486654-BB1 Keyboard for use in Israel 486654-DH1 Keyboard for use in Denmark, Finland, and Norway 487350-003 AMD Sempron Single Core SI-40 2.0-GHz proces sor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache, includes replacement thermal material) 487602-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly w ithou t webcam module and cab le for use only with HP G50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN antenna transceiv ers and cab les, microphones and cables, and log o) 487603-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly with webcam module and cable for use only with HP G50 computer models (includes 2 WLAN antenna transceiv ers and cab les, microphones and cables, and log o) 487605-001 Display enclosure for use only with Com paq CQ50 computer mode ls (includes logo) 487606-001 Display bezel for use only with HP G50 co mputer models equipped only with a microph one 487607-001 Display bezel for use only with HP G50 computer models equipped with a webcam module and a microphone 488338-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comput er models equ ipped with NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics, a Digital Media Slot, and an HDMI port 488341â001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display pane l only (does no t include cables) 489133â001 Display screw kit 489157-006 Intel Core2 Duo T9600 2.80-GHz processor (6-MB L2 cache) 489810-001 System board for use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equ ipped with a Dig ital Media Slot and an HDMI port (includes UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal material) 490371-001 Power cord for use in the United States 490371-011 Power cord for use in Australia 490371-021 Power cord for use in Europe 30 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 490371-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingdom 490371-061 Power cord for use in Ita ly 490371-081 Power cord for use in Norw ay 490371-111 Power cord for use in Switzerland 490371-AB1 Power cord for use in Taiwan 490371-AD1 Power cord for use in South Korea 490371-AR1 Power cord for use in South Africa 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Israe l 490371-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina 490371-D61 Power cord for use in India 490828-001 System board for use only with Compaq CQ50 computer mod els equipped with an HDMI port (includ es UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in mo dem, and replacement thermal material) 490829-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive (includes hard drive bracket and conne ctor) 492300-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models equipped with a Digital Med ia Slot, but not an HDMI po rt (includes rubber feet) 492301-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models equipped with an H DMI port, but not a Digital Media Slot (includes rubber feet) 494182-001 System board for use only with Compaq CQ50 comp uter models not eq uipped with an HDMI port (includes UMA graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement the rmal material) 494183-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer models not equipped with a Digital Media Slot or an HD MI port (includes rubber feet) 494281-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with a GM45 chipset and D igital Media Slot 494282-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with a GL40 chipset an d Digital Media Slot 494283-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 computer models equipped with NVIDIA GeForce 9200M graphics and Digital Media Slot 494284-001 Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 494285-001 Intel Celeron 585 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501519-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501520-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L2 cache) 501521-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00-GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) 501522-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20-GHz processor (2-MB L2 cache) 501523-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) Sequential part numbe r listing 31
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to complete the removal and repl acement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers Service considerations The following sec tions include some of the considerat ions that you must ke ep in mind during disassembly and assembly proce dures. NOTE: As you remove each suba ssembly from the computer, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws ) away from the w ork area to preve nt damage. Plastic parts Using excessive force during disa ssemb ly and reassemb ly can damage plastic part s. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pre ssure only at t h e points designated in the maintenance instructions. 32 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the computer, be sure that ca bles are placed in their proper locations during the reassemb ly process. Improper cable placement can damage the computer. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. H andle cables by the connector whenever possibl e. In all cases, avoid be nding, twisting, or tearing cabl es. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being r emoved or rep laced. Hand le flex cables with extreme care; these cables tear ea sily. Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile componen ts that must be handled with care. To pre vent damage to the computer, damage to a d rive, or loss of information, observe these precautions: Before removi ng or inserting a hard drive, shut down the compu ter. If you ar e unsure whet her the computer is off or in Hibern ation, turn the comput er o n , and then shut it down through the operating system. Before hand ling a drive, be sure that you are disch ar ged of static electricity. While handling a drive, avoid touching th e connector. Before removi ng a diskette drive or optical drive, be sure that a diskett e or disc is not in the d rive and be sure that th e optical drive tr ay is closed . Handle drives on surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surface. After removing a ha rd drive, an opt ical drive, or a diske tte drive, plac e it in a static-p roof bag. Avoid exposing a har d drive to products th at have magne tic fields, such as mo nitors or spea kers. Avoid exposing a d rive to tem perature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be maile d, place the drive in a bubb le pack mailer or other suitable form of protective packaging and lab el the package âFRAGILE.â Preliminary replacemen t requirements 33
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensitiv e to el ectrostatic discharge (ESD ). Circuitry design an d structure determine the degre e of sensitivity. Networks built into many integrated circuits provid e some protecti on, but in many cases, ESD cont ains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of stat ic electricity from a finger or other conductor can destroy static-sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neithe r felt nor heard, damage may have occurred. An electronic device exposed to ESD may not be a ffected at all and can work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may f unction normally for a while, th en degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life exp ectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the co mputer when you are removing or insta lling internal components, obs erve these prec autions: Keep components in th eir electrostatic-safe co ntainers unti l you are ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before touching an electro nic component, discharge static electricity by using the gui delines described in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Hand le electronic components as l ittle as possible. If you remove a compon ent, place it in an electrostat ic-safe cont ainer. The following table shows how humidity affe cts the electrostatic voltage levels generated by differ ent activities . CAUTION: A product can be degrade d by as little as 700 V. Typical electrostatic voltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across v inyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 34 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Packaging and transportin g guidelin es Follow these grounding guidelines when packag ing and transporting equipmen t: â To avoid hand conta ct, transport products in st atic-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemblies with co nductive or approv ed contain ers or pac kaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive p arts in their containers unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstation s. â Place items on a grou nded surface before removing items from their containers. â Always be properly grounded when to uchin g a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from asse mblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transporters and conveyors mad e of antistatic belts an d roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment use d for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials a r e selected to avoid static charging. Wh en grounding is no t possible, use an ionizer to dissip ate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these groundi ng workstation g uidelines: â Cover the workstatio n with approv ed static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connecte d to a properly grounded work surface a nd use properly grounded tools and equipmen t. â Use conductive field service too ls, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces, u se fixtures ma de only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work ar ea free of nonc onductive materials, such as or dinary plasti c assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive compon ents, parts, and a ssemblies by the case or PCM laminate . Handle these items only at st atic-free worksta t ions. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input sig nals before inserting or removing connectors or test equi pment. Preliminary replacemen t requirements 35
Equipment guid elines Grounding equipme nt must include either a wrist st rap or a foo t strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap conn ected to a gr ounded system. Wrist straps are flexibl e straps with a minimum of one me gohm ±10% resistance in the ground cords. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly aga inst the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with banana-plug conne ctors, use alligator clips to conne ct a wrist strap. â When standi ng, use foot straps and a gro unded floor mat. Foot straps (hee l, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standin g workstat ions and are compa t ible with mo st types o f shoes or boots. On conductive floors or dissipative floor mats, use foot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resist ance betwee n the operat or and groun d. To be effective, the conductive strips must be worn in contact with the skin. The following gr ounding equ ipment is recommended to prevent electrosta tic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins and other assembly or solderi ng aids â Nonconductive fo am â Conductive tabletop workstatio ns with ground cords of one mego hm resistance â Static-dissipative t ables or floor mats with ha rd ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awarenes s labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plas tic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and p rotective materials The following ta ble lists the sh ielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminat e Floor mats 5,000 V 36 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Unknown user password If the computer you are servicing has an unknown user password, follow these steps to clear the password: NOTE: These steps also clear CMOS. 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the real-t ime clock (RTC) battery (see RTC batt ery on page 46 ). 6. Wait approximately 5 minutes. 7. Replace the RTC battery and rea ssemble the computer. 8. Co nnect AC power to th e computer. Do n ot reinsert any batt eries at this time. 9. Turn on the computer. All passwords and all CMO S settings have been cleared. Preliminary replacemen t requirements 37
Component replacement procedures This chapter provides remova l and replacement proced ures. There are as many as 76 screws, in 10 different size s, that must be removed, replace d, or loosened when servicing the computer. Make special note of each screw and standoff size and location durin g removal and replacemen t. Serial number Report the computer serial number to HP when requ e s ting information or ordering spare parts. The serial number is lo cated on the bottom of the computer. 38 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Computer feet The compute r feet are adhesive-backed rubber p ads. The feet are included in the Rubber Kit, spare part number 4866 23-001. There are 6 rubber fe et that attach to the base enclosure i n the locations illustrated below. Component replacement p r ocedures 39
Battery Description Spare part number 12-cell, 2.20-Ah, 95-Wh Li-ion battery 484172-001 6-cell, 2.55-Ah, 55-Wh Li-ion battery 484171-001 6-cell, 2.20-Ah, 47-Wh Li-ion battery 485041-001 Before disassembling the computer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the computer upside down on a fl at surface, with the front toward you. 2. Slide th e battery release latch (1) to release th e battery. 3. Pivot the battery (2) upward an d remove it (3) from the computer. To install the batter y, insert the rear edge of th e ba ttery into the battery bay and pivot the batte r y downward until it is seated. The batt ery release latch a utomatically locks th e battery in to place. 40 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Optical drive NOTE: All optical drive spare part kits includ e an optical dr ive bezel and optical drive bra cket. Description Spare part number For models equipped with AMD processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMu lti Double-Layer Combo Dr ive 485038-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 485039-002 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMu lti Double-Layer Combo Dr ive 485038-002 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Dou ble-Layer Combo Drive 485040-002 Before removi ng the optical drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the optica l drive: 1. Position t he computer with the left s ide toward you. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã9.0 screw (1) that secures the optical drive to the computer. 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper clip (2) , into the rele ase access. (The optical drive disc tray is partially ejected from the optical drive.) 4. Use the disc tray frame to slide the optical drive (3) out of the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 41
5. If it is nece ssary to replace the op tical drive brac ket, position the optical drive with the rea r toward you. 6. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the optical drive bracket to th e optical drive. 7. Remove the optical drive bracket (2) . Reverse this proc edure to reasse mble and insta ll an opt ical drive. 42 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Hard dr ive NOTE: All hard drive spare part kits inclu de a hard dr ive bracket and hard drive conne c tor. The hard drive bracket an d hard drive connecto r, as well as the h ard drive bracket screws, are also available in the Hard Driv e Hardware Kit, sp are part numb er 485037-00 1. Description Spare part number For models equipped with AMD processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485036-001 200-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 490829-001 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485035-001 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485034-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485036-002 160-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485035-002 120-GB, 5400-rpm hard drive 485034-002 Before removi ng the hard drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the hard drive: 1. Loosen the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the hard drive cover to the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 43
2. Lift th e right side of the hard drive cove r (2) , swing it up and to the left, and remo ve the cover. The hard drive cover is includ ed in the Pl astics Kit, spare pa rt number 486621-001. 3. Remove the three Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the hard d rive to the computer. 4. Gras p the Mylar tab (2) on the hard drive, and then slide the hard drive (3) to the right to disconnect it from the system board. 5. Remove the hard drive (4) from the hard drive ba y. 6. If it is necessary to replace the hard drive bracket, remove the two Ph illips PM3.0Ã4.0 hard drive bracket screws (1) from each side of the hard drive. 44 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
7. Lift the bracket (2) straight up to remove it from the h ard drive. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the hard drive. Component replacement p r ocedures 45
RTC battery NOTE: Removing the RTC b attery and leaving it uninstalled for 5 or more minute s causes all passwords and CMO S settings to be clea red. Description Spare part number RTC battery 486624-001 Before removing the RT C battery, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the hard drive cover (see Hard drive o n page 43 ). Remove the RTC battery: 1. Disconnect the RTC battery cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the RTC batter y (2) from the clip built into th e base enclosure. Reverse this proc edure to in stall the RTC b attery. 46 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Memory module Description Spare part number For models equipped with AMD processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-001 1024-MB 485032-001 512-MB 485031-001 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-001 1024-MB 485029-001 512-MB 485028-001 For models equ ipped with Intel processors: PC2-6400, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485033-002 1024-MB 485032-002 512-MB 485031-002 PC2-5300, 667-MHz, DDR2 2048-MB 485030-002 1024-MB 485029-002 512-MB 485028-002 Before removi ng the memory module, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Loosen the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the memo ry module compartment cover to the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 47
2. Lift the right side of the cover (2) , swing it up an d to the left, and remove the cover (3) . The memory module compartmen t cover is included in th e base enclo sure. 3. Spre ad the retaining ta bs (1) on each side of the memory mo dule slot to release th e memory module. (The edge of the module opp osite the slot rises away from the computer.) 4. Remove the memory module (2) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: Memory modules are designed with a notch (3) t o prevent incorrec t installation into the memory module slot. Reverse this proc edure to inst all a memory module. 48 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
WLAN module Description Spare part number Atheros AR9280 80 2.11a/b/g/n WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 482260-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaija n, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhut an, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgar ia , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo , Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Do minican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Er itrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guin ea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan , Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebano n, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malaw i, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maur itius, Mexico, M icronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nep al, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Ze aland, Nicaragua, Ni ger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Repu blic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rw anda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal , Serbia and Montenegro, the Seych elles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vince nt and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, T ogo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United King dom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 482260-002 For use in Antigua & Barbuda, Argentina, Aruba, th e Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Brunei, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Chile, Colombia, Costa R ica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Hondur as, Hong Kong, India, Indone sia, Malaysia, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Uruguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 480985-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b /g WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459263-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaija n, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhut an, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgar ia , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo , Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Do minican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Er itrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guin ea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan , Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebano n, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malaw i, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Maur itius, Mexico, M icronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nep al, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Ze aland, Nicaragua, Ni ger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Repu blic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rw anda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal , Serbia and Montenegro, the Seych elles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vince nt and the Grenadines, 459263-002 Component replacement p r ocedures 49
Description Spare part number Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiw an, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Tur key, Tu rkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in the United States an d Canada 482957-001 Atheros AR2425 802.1 1b/g WLAN modules: For use in Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam , Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 459339-001 For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, A ndor ra, Angola, Antigua an d Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan , the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, B hutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgar ia, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Colo mbia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia , Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Erit rea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi , Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, M auritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongo lia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicar agua, Niger, Nigeria, Norw ay, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, the People's Republic of China, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Ma rino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia and Montenegro, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovak ia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiw an, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Tur key, Tu rkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459339-002 Before removing the WLAN module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the WL AN module: CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in th e computer by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country o r region. If you re place the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technica l support throug h Help and Supp ort. 1. Loosen the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 screw (1) that secures the WLAN mo dule compartment cover to the computer. 50 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
2. Lift the right side of the cover (2) , swing it up and t o the left, and then remove the cover (3) . The WLAN module compartment cover is included in the Plasti cs Kit, spare par t number 486621-001. 3. Di sconnect the WLAN a ntenna cables (1) from the terminals o n the WLAN module. NOTE: The black WL AN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âMainâ terminal. The white WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âAuxâ termin al. 4. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) that secure the WL AN module to the computer. (The edge of the module opposite the sl o t rises away from the computer.) 5. Remove the WLAN module (3) by pulling the module away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: WLAN modules are designed with a notch (4) to prevent incorre ct installation. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. Component replacement p r ocedures 51
Keyboard For use in: Spare part number For use in: Spare part num ber Belgium 486654-A41 Portugal 486654-131 Canada 486654-121 Russia 486654-251 The Czech Republic 48665 4-221 Saudi Arabia 486654-171 Denmark, Finland, and Norway 486654-DH1 South Korea 486654-AD1 France 486654-05 1 Spain 486654-071 Germany 486654-041 Switzerland 486654-111 Greece 486654-151 Taiwan 486654-AB1 Israel 486654-BB1 Thailand 486654-281 Italy 486654-06 1 Turke y 486654-141 Latin America 486654-161 The United Kingdom 486654-031 The Netherlands 486654-B31 The United States 486654-001 Before removing the keyboard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). Remove the keyboard: 1. Turn the computer upside down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the three Phillip s PM2.5Ã5.0 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer. 52 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Turn the computer display-si de up, with the front toward you. 4. Open the computer as far as possible . 5. Disengage the tabs (1) on the outside edge s of the keyboard from the keyboard cover. 6. Lift the rear edge of the keyb oard (2) , and then slide it back unt il it rests on the display. 7. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector (1) to wh ich the keyboa rd cable is atta ched, and then disconnect the keyboard cab le (2) from the system board. 8. Remove the keyboard. Reverse this procedure to install th e keyboard. Component replacement p r ocedures 53
Keyboard cover Description Spare part number Keyboard cover (includes a n LE D board and LED board cable) 486626-001 Before removing the keyboard cover, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ). Remove the keyboard cover: 1. Turn the computer upside do wn, with the rear panel toward you. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã10.0 screws (1) and the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (2) that secure the keyboard cover to the computer. 3. Turn the computer right-side up, with the fr ont towa rd you. 4. Open t he computer as far as possible. 54 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5. Release the ZIF connector (1) to which the powe r button board cable is attached, and disconnect the power button b oard cable (2) from the system board. 6. Slide the keyboard cover (1) toward th e display assembly until it disengages from the top cover. 7. Remove the keyboard cover (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the keyboard cover. Component replacement p r ocedures 55
Power button board Description Spare part number Power button board (includes cable) 486627-001 Before removing the power butt on board , perform these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the WLAN mo dule (see WLAN module on page 49 ). 6. Remove the keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ). 7. Remove the keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ). Remove the power button board: 1. Turn the keyboard cover upsi de down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the two Philli ps PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the power button board to the keyboard cover. 3. Remove the power button bo ard and cable (2) . Reverse this proc edure to in stall the powe r button b oard. 56 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Display assembly Description Spare part number 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display a ssembly for use only with HP G50 computer models (inclu des 2 WLAN antenna transceivers and cables, micr ophones and cables, and logo ) Includes webcam module and cable 487603-001 Does not include webc am module and cable 487602-001 15.4-inch, WXGA BrightView display assembly for use only with Compaq C Q50 computer models (includes 2 WL AN antenna transceivers and cables, micr ophones and cables, and logo ) Includes webcam module and cable 485047-001 Does not include webcam module and cable 487046-001 Before removi ng the display assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Disconnect the wireless antenna cables from the WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 49 ). 6. Remove the keyboard (s ee Keyboard on page 52 ). 7. Remove the keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ). Remove the display assembly: 1. Di sconnect the dis play panel cable (1) from t he system board. 2. Remove the wireless antenna cables (2) from the routing channel and clips (3) built into the top cover. Component replacement p r ocedures 57
3. Disconnect the webcam modul e cable (4) from the system board. CAUTION : The display assembly will be unsupported when the followin g screws are removed. To prevent damage to th e display assembly , support it before removing th e screws. 4. Remove the four Phillip s PM2.5Ã10 .0 screws (1) that secure the display assembly to the computer. 5. Lift the display assembly (2) straight up and remove it. 58 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
6. If it is necessary to replace the display bezel or the display a ssembly intern al components, re move the followin g: (1) Two rubber scre w covers on the display bezel bottom edge (the d isplay bezel rubber screw covers are available in the Display R ubber Kit, spare part number 486584-001) (2) Two Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screws that secure the display be zel to the display assembly (all display assembly subcomponent screws are available in the Disp lay Screw Kit, spare part number 486561-001) 7. Flex the inside edges o f the bottom edge (1) , left and right sides (2), and the t op edge (3) of the display bezel until the bezel disen gages from the display enclosure. 8. Remove the display bezel (4) . The following display bezels are avail able: â For use only with HP G50 computer models equipp ed with webcam module , spare part number 487607-00 1 â For use only with HP G50 computer models not equipp ed with webcam module, spare p art number 487606-00 1 â For use only with Compa q CQ50 computer m ode ls equipped with webcam modu le, spare part number 486582-00 1 â For use only with C ompaq CQ50 comput er models not equipp ed with webcam mod ule, spare part number 4865 55-001 Component replacement p r ocedures 59
9. If it is necessary to replace the webcam module, rele ase the webcam module (1) as far from the display enclosure a s the webcam module cable allows. 10. Disconnect the webcam mo dule cable (2) from the webcam modul e. 11. Remove the webcam modu le. The webcam m odule is available using spare part number 486581-001. 12. If it is necessary to replace the display inverter, relea se the inverter (1) as far from the display enclosure as the disp lay panel cable and backlight cable allow. 60 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
13. Disconn ect the display pa nel cable (2) and the backlight cable (3) from the display inverter. 14. Remove the display inverter from the displ ay enc losure. The display invert er is available using spare part number 4 86556-001. 15. If it is necessary to replace the hinges , remove the two Phillip s PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) that secure each hinge to th e display enclosure. 16. Remove the hinges (2) . The hinge s are available in the Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 486558-001. 17. If it is neces sary to replace th e display panel, remove the two Phillips PM2. 5Ã5.0 screw s (1) that secure the display panel to the display enclosure. Component replacement p r ocedures 61
18. Remove the display panel (2) from the display enclosure. The display pane l is available using spare part number 485027-00 1. 19. If it is necessar y to replace the display panel brackets, remove the three Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the bracke ts to the display panel. 20. Remove the display panel brackets (2) from the display panel. Th e display panel brackets are available using spare part number 486559-001. 21. If it is necessary t o replace th e wireless ant enna transceiv ers and cables, re lease the tab (1) built into the display en closure that secures the wireless antenn a cables. 22. Detach the main and auxiliary transceivers (2) from the display enclosure. 23. Detach the third transceiver (3) from the display en closure, when present. 62 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
24. Remove the wireless antenna transceivers an d cables (4) from the display enclosure. The wireless antenna transceivers and cables are available using spare part number 486562-0 01. 25. If it is necessary to replace the microphone and cabl e, release the tab built into the display e nclosure shielding (1) that secures the microphone cab le. 26. Remove the microphone receiver (2) from the clip built into the displa y enclosure and the microphone cable (3) from the display enclosure. The micro phone receiver and cable are availa ble using spare part n umber 486560-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the display assemb ly. Component replacement p r ocedures 63
Top cover Description Spare part number Top cover (includes Touch Pad and TouchPad ca ble) 486628-001 Before removing the top cover, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Turn the computer upside down, with the front toward you. 2. Loosen the fo ur Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screws (1) that secure the top cove r to the display enclosure. 3. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã6.0 screws (2) and the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (3) th at secure the top cover to the base enclosure. 4. Turn the computer right-side up, with the fr ont towa rd you. 64 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5. Release the ZIF connector to whi ch the TouchPad cable is attached, and discon nect the TouchPad cable (1) from the system board. 6. Remove the four Philli ps PM2.0Ã 6.0 screws (2) that secure the top cover to the base enclosure. 7. Lift the rear edge of the top cover (1) until the top cove r disengages from the base enclosure. 8. Remove the top cover (2) . Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Component replacement p r ocedures 65
TouchPad on/off button board Description Spare part number TouchPad on/off button boar d (inclu des cables) 486630-001 Before removing the TouchPad on/off button board, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the TouchPad on/off button board: 1. Turn the top c over upside do wn, with the front toward you. 2. Release the ZIF connector on the TouchPad bu tton bo ard to which the TouchPad on/o f f board cable is attached, and disconnect th e TouchPad on/off board cable (1) from the TouchPad button board. 66 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Release the ZIF connector on the To uchPad board to which the TouchPad o n/off board cable is attached, and d isconnect the TouchPad on /off board cable (2) from the TouchPad board. 4. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad on/off button board to the top co ver. 5. Release the TouchPad on/off button board (2) by sliding it forward until it clears the clip built into the top co ver. 6. Re move the Tou chPad on/of f button bo ard (3) . Reverse this procedure to in stall the TouchPad on/off button board. Component replacement p r ocedures 67
TouchPad button board Description Spare part number TouchPad button boar d 486629-001 Before removing the TouchPad button board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. TouchPad on/ off button board (see TouchPad on/off butto n board on page 66 ) Remove the TouchP ad button bo ard: 1. Remove the four Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad button board bracket to the top cover . 2. Remove the TouchPad bu tton board bracket (2) . 68 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Turn the TouchPad button b oard bracket upside down with the fron t toward you. 4. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure the TouchPad button board to the TouchPad butto n board bracket. 5. Remove the TouchPad button board (2) from the TouchPad button board bracket. Reverse this procedure to inst all th e TouchPad button board. Component replacement p r ocedures 69
Audio board Description Spare part number Audio board (includes cable) 486634-001 Before removing the audio board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the audio boa rd: 1. Rele ase the ZIF conn ector (1) to which the audio board cab le is attached, and disconnect the audio board cable (2) the system board. 2. Remove the two Phillip s PM2.0Ã6.0 screws (3) that secure the aud io board to the base enclosure. 3. Remo ve the audio boar d (4) . 70 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to install the audio board. Bluetooth module Description Spare part number Bluetooth module (does not include Bluetooth module ca ble) 483113-001 Bluetooth module cable 486640-001 Before removi ng the Bluetooth module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Re move the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard driv e (see Hard driv e on page 43 ) c. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the Blueto oth module: 1. Di sconnect the Blue tooth module cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screws (2) that secure the Bluetoo th module to the base enclosure. Component replacement p r ocedures 71
3. Remove the Bluetooth modul e (3) . Reverse this proc edure to install the Bluetooth mo dule. Speakers Description Spare part number Speakers 486632-001 Before removing the speakers, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) Remove the speakers: 1. Detach the USB board cable (1) from the right speaker. The USB board ca ble is attached to the speaker with double-sided tape. 72 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
2. Di sconnect the sp eaker cable (2) from the system board. 3. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw (1) that secures the left speake r to the base enclosur e. 4. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw (2) that secures the rig ht speaker to the ba se enclosure. 5. Remove the left and right speakers a n d the speaker cab les (3) from the base enclosure . Reverse this procedure to install th e speakers. USB board Description Spare part number USB board (does not include USB board cable) 486633-001 USB board cable (includes num lock LED) 486639-001 Component replacement p r ocedures 73
Before removing the USB board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) Remove the USB board: 1. Disconnect the USB board cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the num lock LED cable (2) from the light cover built into the base enclosure. 3. Remove the U SB board (3) from the base enclosure . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the USB boa rd. System board NOTE: All system board spare part kits include UM A graphics subsystem memory, built-in modem, and replacement thermal material. 74 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Description Spare part number Equipped with AMD pr ocessors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comp uter mode ls equipped with a Digital Media Slot and an HDMI port 489810-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comput er models equipped only with a D igital Media Slot 486550-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 comput er models equipped with an HDMI port 490828-001 For use only with Compaq CQ50 computer models not equipped with an HDMI port 494182-001 Equipped with Intel processors: For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer mode ls equipped with a GM45 chipset, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485218-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer mode ls equipped with a GM45 chipset and Digital Media Slot 494281-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comp uter mode ls equipped with a GL40 chip set, Digital Media Slot, and HDMI port 485219-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 comp uter mode ls equipped with a GL40 chip set and Digital Media Slot 494282-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer models equipped with NVIDIA GeFor ce 9200M graphics, a Digital Media Slot, and an HD MI port 488338-001 For use only with HP G50 and Compaq CQ50 co mputer models equipped with NVIDIA GeFor ce 9200M graphics and a Digita l Media Slot 494283-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Re move the following components: a. Hard dr ive (see Hard driv e on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) Component replacement p r ocedures 75
When replacing the system board, be sure that the following components are r emove d from the defective system board and installed on the replac ement system board: â Memory modules (see Memory module on page 47 ) â RTC batt ery (see RTC battery on page 46 ) â WLAN module (see WLAN module on page 49 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink asse mbly on page 79 ) â Processor (see Processor on page 82 ) Remove the system board: 1. Disconnect the following cables from the system board: (1) USB board cable (2) Bluetooth module cable (3) RJ-11 connector cable (4) Audio board cable 2. Remo ve the power conn ector cable (5) from the clip built in to the base enclosure. 76 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
3. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã10 .0 screws that secure the system board to the base enclosure. 4. Use the optical drive connector (1) to lift the right side of the system board (2) until it rests at an angle. 5. Remove the syst em board (3) by pulling it away from the base en closure at an an gle. Reverse this procedure to install the system board. RJ-11 connector cable Description Spare part number RJ-11 connector cable 4866 38-001 Before removi ng the RJ-11 connector cable, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 77
4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) h. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 74 ) Remove the RJ-11 connector cable : 1. Remove the RJ-11 connector from the clip (1) built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the RJ-11 connector cable (2) from the clips and routing channels built into the base enclosure. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the RJ-11 connector cab le. 78 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Fan/heat sink assembly Description Spare part number Fan/heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) 486636-001 Before removi ng the fan/heat sink assembly, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. 4. Re move the batt ery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Re move the following components: a. Hard dr ive (see Hard driv e on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboa rd (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) h. System board (see System board on pa ge 74 ) Component replacement p r ocedures 79
Remove the fan/he at sink assembly : 1. Disconnect the fan cable from the system board. 2. Turn the system board upside do wn, with the RJ-11 and RJ-45 jacks toward you. 3. Loosen the four Phillips PM2.0Ã10.0 captive screws (1) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board. 4. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly (2) by lifting it straight up. NOTE: The thermal material mu st be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the fan/heat sink and the system board components each time the fan/hea t sink is removed. Thermal grease is located on the section of the fan/heat sink (1) that services the processor (2) . Thermal pads a re located on the section of the fan/he at sink (3) that services the Northbridge chip (4) . Replacement thermal grease and pads are included with all system board, fan/h eat sink assembly, a nd processor spare part kits. 80 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
Reverse this procedure to insta ll the fan/heat sink assembly. Component replacement p r ocedures 81
Processor NOTE: All processor spare pa rt kits include replacemen t thermal material. Description Spare part number AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-82 2.2 0 -GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) 480852-006 AMD Turion Ultra Dual-Core ZM-80 2.1 0 -GHz processor (35W, 2-MB L2 cache) 480851-006 AMD Turion Dual-Core RM-70 2.00-GH z processo r (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) 480857-005 AMD Athlon Dual-Core QL-60 1.90-GH z processor (35W, 1-MB L2 cache) 480856-005 AMD Sempron Single-Core SI-40 2.00- GHz processor (25W, 512-KB L2 cache) 487350-003 Processor bracket ( AMD) 486635-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9600 2.80-GHz proce ssor (6-MB L2 cache) 489157-006 Intel Core2 Duo T9400 2.53-GHz proce ssor (6-MB L2 cache) 483260-006 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz processor (3-MB L 2 cache) 483259-005 Intel Core2 Duo P8400 2.26-GHz processor (3-MB L 2 cache) 483258-006 Intel Core2 Duo P7350 2.00-GHz processor (3-MB L 2 cache) 501520-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5900 2.20-GHz proce ssor (2-MB L2 cache) 501522-001 Intel Core2 Duo T5800 2.00-GHz proce ssor (2-MB L2 cache) 501521-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3400 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501523-001 Intel Pentium Dual-Core T3200 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 501519-001 Intel Celeron 585 2.16-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 494285-001 Intel Celeron 575 2.00-GHz processor (1-MB L2 cache) 494284-001 Processor bracket (Intel) 497752-001 Before removing the pro cessor, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsur e whether t he computer is of f or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all external device s connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un plugging the po wer cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the computer. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) 82 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. Speakers (see Speakers on page 72 ) h. System board (see System board on pa ge 74 ) i. Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 79 ) Remove the processo r: 1. Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to turn the processor locking scre w (1) one-half t urn counterclo ckwise until you hear a click. 2. Lift the processor (2 ) straight up and remove i t. NOTE: When yo u install the processor, the gold tria ngle (3) on the proce ssor must be aligned with the triangle (4 ) embossed on the processor socket. Reverse this procedure to install the processor. Power connector cable Description Spare part number Power connector cable 486637-001 Before removing the power conne ctor cable, fo llow these s teps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Di sconnect all exter nal devices conn ected to the computer. 3. Di sconnect the pow er from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from the computer. Component replacement p r ocedures 83
4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 40 ). 5. Remove the following components: a. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 41 ) b. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 43 ) c. Keyboard (see Keyboard on page 52 ) d. Keyboard cover (see Keyboard cover on page 54 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 57 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 64 ) g. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 74 ) Remove the power connector cable : 1. Position the system board with the front toward you. 2. Disconnect the power connector cable fro m the system board. Reverse this proc edure to in stall the pow er connector cable. 84 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement procedures
5 Setup Utility WARNING! Only authorized technicians trained by HP must re pair this equipment. All troubleshooting and repair pr ocedures are detailed to allow re pair at only th e subassembly o r module level. Beca use of the complexity of the individual boards and subassemblies, do not attempt to make repairs at the component level or modify any printed wiring board. Improper repairs can crea te a safety hazard. Any indication of component repla cement or prin ted wiring bo ard modificat ion may void any warran ty or exchange allowances . Starting the Se tup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM- based information and customization ut ility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working. NOTE: The fingerprint reader (selec t models only) cannot be used to access the Setup Utility. The utility reports info rmation about the computer and provides settings for startup, security, and other prefere nces. To start the Setup Utility: î Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . 2. When the Startup Menu is displayed , press f10 . Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the language of the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already run ning, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is di splayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Lan guage , and then press enter . Starting the Setup Utility 85
3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and then press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selecte d is displayed, press enter . 5. To save your chan ge and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes into effect immed iately. Navigating and selecting in the Setup Utility Because the Setup Utility is not Wi ndows based, it does not support the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystroke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use th e arrow keys. â To choose an item i n a list or to toggle a field, fo r example an Enable/Disabl e field, use either th e arrow keys or f5 or f6 . â To select a n item, press enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu display, press esc . â To display additional navigation and selection information while the Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displaying system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the comput er. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the compute r is displayed. 3. To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . 86 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility The following procedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Util ity default settings . If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already run ning, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is di splayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Setup Confirmation is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your change and exit the Setup Ut ility, use the a rrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . The Setup Utility defaul t settings go into effect when th e computer restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and la nguage settings are not changed wh en you restore the factory default settings. Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility 87
Exiting the Setup Utility You can exit the Setu p Utility wi th or wit hout saving changes. â To exit the Setup Ut ility and save you r changes from th e current sess ion: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Th en use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your change s from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Th en use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After either choice, the comp uter restarts in Windows. Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this section provid e an ove rview of Setup Utility options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in this chapter may not be sup ported by your computer. 88 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Main menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the computer. â View specification information about the pr ocessor, memory size, system BIOS, and keyboard controll er version (selec t mod els only). Main menu 89
Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administrator password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a p ower-on password . 90 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Change the Setup Utility language. Button Sound (select models only) Enable/disable the ca pacit ive button tapping sound. Virtualization Technology Enable/disable the processor Virtualization Technology. Processor C4 State (select models only) Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. LAN Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable LAN Power Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Card Reader/1394 Power Saving ( select models only) Enable/disable Card Reader/1394 Power Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Fan Always On Enabled/disable Fan Always On. When enabled, the computer fan will always be on. Boot Options Set the follow ing boot options: â f9 and f10 Delay (sec.) âSet the delay for the f9 and f10 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM boot â Enable/disable boot from CD-ROM. â Floppy boot â Enable/disable boot from diskette. â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠USB Floppy ⦠Internal CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠Hard drive ⦠USB Diskette on Key ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠Network adapter System Configuration menu 91
Diagnostics menu Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive . NOTE: On models with two hard drive s, this menu option is called the Primary Hard Disk Self Test . Secondary Hard Disk Se lf Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive . Memory Test Run a diagnostic test on the system memory. 92 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Length 25.60 cm 10.08 in Width 35.70 mm 14.06 in Height (front to rear) 3.71 to 4.44 cm 1.46 to 1.75 in Weight Equipped with 6-cell battery and optical drive 2.65 g 5.84 lbs Input power Operating voltage 19.0 V dc @ 4.74 A â 65 W Operating current 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 35°C 32°F to 95°F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 60°C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitud e (unpress urized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft Shock Operating 125 g, 2 ms, half-sine Nonoperating 200 g, 2 ms, half-sine Random vibratio n Operating 0.75 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0.25 oct/min sweep rate Computer specifications 93
Metric U.S. Nonoperating 1.50 g zero-to-peak, 10 Hz to 500 Hz, 0 .5 oct/min sweep rate NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specif y thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. 15.4-inch, WXGA display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 20.7 cm 8.15 in Width 33.1 cm 13.03 in Diagonal 39.1 cm 15.39 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 (typical) Brightness 150 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.259 à 0.259 mm Format 1280 à 800 Configuration RGB vertical str ipe Backlight Edge lit Character display 80 à 25 Total power cons umption 4 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, /- 50° vertical (typical) 94 Chapter 6 Specifications
Hard drive specifications 250-GB* 200-GB* 160-GB* 120-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 101 g 101 g 101 g 101 g Interface type SATA SATA SATA SATA Transfer rate 100 MB/se c 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical blocks 488,376,063 390,700,850 312,560,640 234,420,480 Disc rotational speed 5400 rpm 5400 rpm 5400 rpm 5400 rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Actual accessible c apacity is less. Actual drive specifications may differ slightly. NOTE: Certain restrictions and excl usions apply. Contact te chnical su pport for details. Hard drive specifications 95
DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable disc Read: CD-DA, CD (E)G , CD-MIDI, CD-TEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-C D, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD - EXTRA, Portfolio, CD-R, CD-RW), CD- R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM (DVD -5, DVD-9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM Write: CD-R and CD -RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/se c 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode 96 Chapter 6 Specifications
Blu-ray BD-ROM with Supe rMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable disc Read: CD-DA, CD (E )G, CD-MIDI, CD- TEXT, CD-RO M, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-CD, Video CD), Multise ssion CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD-R, CD-RW), CD-R, CD-RW, DVD- ROM (DVD-5 , DVD-9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM, BD-ROM, BD- RE. BD-R Write: CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD R(9), DVD RW, DV D-R, DVD-R(9),DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Blu-ray Random 150 ms 180 ms 300 ms Cache buffer 8 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD- R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5 ,400 KB/sec 2.4X DV D R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec 1X BD-ROM 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-R read 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-RE read 4,500 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD± RW and CD-RW Double- La yer Combo Drive specifications 97
System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory access controller DMA5* Available for PC Card DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller can use DM A 1, 2, or 5. 98 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natural Keyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ4 COM1 IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ12 Syn aptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Nu meric data proce ssor IRQ14 Primar y IDE channel IRQ15 Secondar y IDE channel *Default configuration; audio poss ible configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. NOTE: PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. System interrupt specifications 99
System I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System function (shipp ing configuration) 000 - 00F DMA controller no. 1 010 - 01F Unused 020 - 021 Interrupt controller no. 1 022 - 024 Opti chipset configuration registers 025 - 03F Unused 02E - 02F 87334 âSuper I/Oâ configuration for CPU 040 - 05F Counter/timer registers 044 - 05F Unused 060 Keyboard contr oller 061 Port B 062 - 063 Unused 064 Keyboard contr oller 065 - 06F Unused 070 - 071 NMI enable/RTC 072 - 07F Unused 080 - 08F DMA page registers 090 - 091 Unused 092 Port A 093 - 09F Unused 0A0 - 0A1 Interrupt controller no. 2 I/O Address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration) 0A2 - 0BF Unused 0C0 - 0DF DMA controll er no. 2 0E0 - 0EF Unused 0F0 - 0F1 Coprocessor busy clear/reset 0F2 - 0FF Unused 100 - 16F Unused 170 - 177 Secondary fixed disk controller 178 - 1EF Unused 1F0 - 1F7 Primary fixed disk controller 1F8 - 200 Unused 201 JoyStick (decode d in ESS1688) 202 - 21F Unused 100 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shipping configurat ion) 220 - 22F Entertainment audio 230 - 26D Unused 26E - 26 Unused 278 - 27F Unused 280 - 2AB Unused 2A0 - 2A7 Unused 2A8 - 2E7 Unused 2E8 - 2EF Reserved serial port 2F0 - 2F7 Unused 2F8 - 2FF Infrared port 300 - 31F Unused 320 - 36F Unused 370 - 377 Secondary diskette drive controller 378 - 37F Parallel port (LPT1/default) 380 - 387 Unused 388 - 38B FM synthesizerâOPL3 38C - 3A F Unused 3B0 - 3BB VGA 3BC - 3B F Reserved (parallel port/no EPP support) 3C0 - 3DF VGA 3E0 - 3E1 PC Card controller in CPU 3E2 - 3E3 Unused 3E8 - 3EF Internal modem 3F0 - 3F7 âAâ diskette controller 3F8 - 3FF Serial port (COM1/default) CF8 - CFB PCI configuration index register (PCIDIVO-1) CFC - CFF PCI configuration data register (PCIDIVO-1) System I/O address specifications 101
System memory map specifications Size Memory address System function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended me mory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Super extended me mory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FF FFF Video memory (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFF FFFF System BIOS 102 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specifi cation and reference in formation fo r the screws used in the computer. The screws listed in this section are ava ilable in the Screw Kit, spa re part number 486622-00 1, or the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 486557-001. 103
Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 9 10.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 m m Where used: (1) One screw that s ecures the optical driv e to the comput er (2) Two screws that secure the keyboard cover to the computer 104 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : 4 screws that secure the disp lay asse mbly to the computer Where used : 2 screws that secure the system board to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 screw 105
Phillips PM2.5Ã10.0 captive screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 4 10.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 m m Where used: 4 captive screws that secure the top cover to the computer (screw s are secured by C- clips) 106 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Black 23 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used : 2 screws that secu re the optical drive br acket to the op tical driv e Where used : 2 screws that secure the ke yboard cover to the computer Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 107
Where used: 2 screws that secure the power button board to the keyboard cover Where used: 6 screws that secure the display panel brackets to the disp lay panel Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to the ba se enclosure 108 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : (1) Two screws that secure the Tou chPad on/off bu tton boar d to the top cover (2) Four screws that secure th e TouchPad button board bracket to the to p cover Where used : 2 screws that se cure the Touc hPad button board to the TouchPad butto n board bracket Where used : One screw that secures the left speaker to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 109
Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 5 6.0 mm 2. 5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: (1) Two captive screws that secure the hard drive co ver to the computer (screws are secured by C-clips) (2) Two captive screws that secure the memory module compartment cove r to the computer (s crews are secured by C-clips) (3) One captive screw tha t secures the WLAN module compartment co ver to the computer (screw is secured by a C-clip) 110 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Black 10 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : (1) Three screws that secure th e hard drive to the com puter (2) Two screws that secu re the WLAN module to the computer (3) Three screws that secure the keyboard to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 111
Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y panel to the display enclosure 112 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Silver 4 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 4 screws that secu re the hard drive bracket to the h ard drive Phillips PM3.0Ã3.0 screw 113
Phillips PM2.5Ã8.0 screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 8.0 mm 2. 5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the displa y bezel to the display assembly 114 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Q uantity Leng th Thread Hea d diameter Black 4 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 4 screws that secure the displa y hinges to the display enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 115
Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Black 11 6 .0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to the ba se enclosure Where used: 4 screws that secure the top cover to the ba se enclosure 116 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : (1) Two screws that secure the au di o board to the base enclosu re (2) Two screws that secure the Blueto oth module to the base enclosure Where used : One screw that secures the righ t spea ker to the bas e enclosure Phillips PM2.0Ã6.0 screw 117
Phillips PM2.0Ã11.0 captive screw Color Qu antity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 4 1 1.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 4 captives screws that secure the fan/heat sink to the syst em board (screws are secured by C-clips) 118 Chapter 7 Screw listing
8 Backup and recovery Recovering system information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most curren t backup. HP reco mmends that you create recovery discs immediately after software setup. As you add ne w software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to main tain a reasonably current backup. Tools provided by the ope rating system and Recove ry Manager software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information and restoring it in case of a syst em failure: â Making a set of recovery discs (Recovery Manager sof tware feature). Recovery dis cs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and softwar e programs to factory settings in case of system failure or instability. â Backing up your information regula rly to protect your important system files. â Creating system restore points (operating sys tem feature). System res tore points allow you to reverse undesira ble changes to your comp uter by restoring the computer to an earlier state. â Recovering a program or d river (Recovery Manager software feature ). This feature helps you reinstall a program or driver without performing a full system recovery. â Performing a full system reco very (Recovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you ex perience system failure or instabilit y. Recovery Manager works from a dedicated recovery partitio n (select models only) on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. NOTE: If your computer includes a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To ch eck for the presence of a recovery partition, select Start > Computer . If the partitio n is present, an HP Reco very drive is listed in the Hard Disk Drives section of the win dow. Creating recovery discs NOTE: HP recommends that you create recovery discs to be sure that you can restore your system to its original factory state if you experience serious system failure or instability. C reate these discs after setting up the computer for the first time. NOTE: Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe place. The software allows the creation of only one set of rec overy discs. Recovering system information 119
Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need hi gh quality CD- R , DVD-R, doub le-layer DVD -R, DVD R, double-laye r DVD R, or BD-R (writable Blu-ray) discs. All these discs are purchased separately. NOTE: Read-write discs, such as CD-RW, DVD± RW, double-layer DVD±RW, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, are not compatib le with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connected to AC power during this p rocess. â Only one set of recovery discs can be created per computer. â Number each disc befo re inserting it into the computer optica l drive. â If necessary, you can exit the pr ogram before you have finished creating th e recovery discs. The next time you open Recove ry Manager, you will be prompted to continue the disc creation process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Recovery M anager > Recovery M anager. Recovery Manager opens. 2. Click Advanc ed Options . NOTE: If you are operating the computer on battery power, you will be pr ompted to connect to AC power before you can go to the next step. 3. Click Recove ry disc c reation , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on -screen instructions . Backing up your information When to back up â On a regularly scheduled basis NOTE: Set reminders to back up your information pe riodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Backup suggestions â Create a set of recovery discs using Recovery Manager. â Create system restore points usin g the Windows® System Restore feature, and periodically copy them to disc. â Store personal files in the Documents folder and back up these folders perio dically. â Back up templates stored in their associ ated programs. â Save customized settings in a window, tool bar, or me nu bar by taking a screen shot of your setting s. The screen shot can be a time saver if you have to r eset your pref erences. 120 Chapter 8 Backup an d recovery
To copy the screen an d paste it into a word-processing document, follow these steps: a. Display the screen. b. Copy the scre en: To copy only th e active window, press alt fn pr t sc . To copy the entire scree n, press fn prt sc . c. Open a word-processing document, and then select Edit > Paste . Using system restore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point in time. You can then re cover back to that point if you wa nt to reverse subsequent changes ma de to your system. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier resto re point does not a ffect data files saved or e -mails created since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased protection f or your system files and settings. When to create restore points â Before you add or extensively mo dify software or hardware â Periodically, whenever the system is performi ng optimally NOTE: If you revert to a restore poin t and then cha nge your mind, you can reverse the restoration. Create a system restore point 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2. In the left pane , click System protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Under Automatic restore points , select the disk for which yo u want to create a restore point. 5. Click Create . The System Protection window ope ns. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restore to a previ ous date and time To revert to a restore poi nt (cre ated at a previous date and tim e), when the computer was functioning optimally, follow these steps: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > System . 2. In the left pane , click System protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. Recovering system information 121
4. Click the System Restore button, and then click Next . The System Restore window opens. 5. Follow the on -screen instructions . 122 Chapter 8 Backup an d recovery
Performing a recovery NOTE: You can recover only files that you have previous ly backed up. HP recommends that you use Recovery Manage r to create an entire drive backup as so on as you set up your co mputer. Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager work s from recovery discs that you cr eate or from a dedicated recovery partition (select mod els only) on t he hard drive. However, if your co mputer includes a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case , recovery discs have been included with your computer. Use these discs to re cover your operating system and software. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as System Restore and driver roll-back capabilities. If you have not alre ady tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. NOTE: Recovery Manager recovers only software t hat was preinsta lled at the fact ory. Software not provided with this co mputer must be downloaded fr om the manufacturer's Web site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufactu rer. Recovering from the recovery di scs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Insert the fi rst recovery disc into th e optical drive and restar t the computer. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering from the dedicated recover y partitio n (select models only) NOTE: If your computer includes a so lid-state drive (SSD ), you may not have a re covery partition. You will not be able to recover using this procedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to rec over your operating system and software. On some models, you can perform a re covery from the partition on the hard driv e fro m either the Start button or f11 . To restore the system from the partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in either of the fo llowing ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Reco very Manage r > Recovery Ma nager. âorâ â Restart the computer an d press f11 w hile the âPress <F11> for re cov eryâ message is displayed on the screen. Then select Recovery Manag er . Recovery Manager opens. 2. Click Advanced Options . 3. Click System recovery , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering system information 123
9 Connector pin assignments Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3 Ground Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground 124 Chapter 9 Conn ector pin assignments
External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B da ta 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock External monito r 125
RJ-11 (modem) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Unused 126 Chapter 9 Conn ector pin assignments
RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8U n u s e d RJ-45 (network) 127
Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground 128 Chapter 9 Conn ector pin assignments
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input feature of the comp uter permits it to operate from any line voltage from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor powe r cord set included with the compu t er meets the requirem ents for use in the country or region wh ere the equipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries and region s must meet the requirements of th e country or region where the computer is u s ed. Requirements for all countries and regions The require ments listed below are ap plicable to all countries and regions: â The length of th e power cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets mu st be approved by an acceptable accredited a gency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where th e power cord set will be used. â The power cord se ts must have a minimum current capaci ty of 10 amps and a nomina l voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler mu st meet the mechanical configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for ma ting with the appl iance inlet on the back of the compu ter. Requirements for all countries and regio ns 129
Requirements for specific countries and regions Country/region Accredited ag ency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SE MKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0- mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, N o. 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 2 50 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wall plug must bear a âTâ mark and r egistration number in accordance with the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VC T or VCT F, 3-conductor, 1.00-mm² co nductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) config uration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75- mm² conductor size. Power cord se t fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency resp onsible for evaluation in the countr y or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor, 0.75-mm² c onductor size. Power cord set fittin gs (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 130 Chapter 10 Po wer cord set requirements
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispo se of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local law s and regulations in your area for computer battery dispo sal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caution must be exercise d when removing and ha ndling the backlight to avoi d damaging this component and caus ing exposure to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this appendix can result in damage to display components. The only components inten ded for recycling purposes are the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel and the backlight. Careful handling must be exercised when removing these components. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product cont ains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly that might requi re special handling at end-of-li fe. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of environmental considerations. Fo r disposal or recyc ling information, cont act your loca l authorit ies, or see the Electronic In dustries Alliance (EIA) Web site at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for the display assemb ly. The display assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight (1) a nd the liquid crystal display (LCD) panel (2) . NOTE: The proced ures provided in this append ix are gene ral disassembly instructions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locati ons, and component shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer mode l to anothe r. Battery 131
Perform the followin g steps to di sassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the le ft and right inside edg es (1) and the top and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the b ezel disengages from the display assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3 ) . 132 Chapter 11 Recycling
4. Disco nnect all display pa nel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure the display panel a ssembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the display panel assemb ly (2) from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the display panel asse mbly upside down. 8. Remove all screws t hat secure the disp lay panel frame t o the display pan el. 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape (1) that secures the sides of the display panel to the display panel frame. Display 133
10. Remove the display pa nel frame (2) from the displa y panel. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backli ght cover (2) and swing it outward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the display panel right-sid e up. 134 Chapter 11 Recycling
15. Remove the backlight cab les (1) from the clip (2) in the display panel. 16. Turn the display panel upside down. 17. Remove the backlight frame fro m the display panel. WARNING ! The backlight contains mercury. Exercise caution when removin g and handling the backlight to avoid damag ing this component and causing exposure to the mercury. 18. Remove the backlight from the backligh t frame. Display 135
19. Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD pa nel (3) from the display rear panel. 22. Release the tape (4) that secure s the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle th e LCD panel an d backlight. 136 Chapter 11 Recycling
Index Symbols/Numerics 1394 Power Saving 91 A AC adapter light 12 AC adapter, spare part number 25, 26 administrator password 90 antenna disconne cting 5 1 locations 6 remov al 62 spare part number 22, 29, 63 audio boar d remov al 70 spare part number 18, 29, 70 audio, product description 3 audio-in jack location 10 pin assignments 124 audio-out jack location 10 pin assignments 124 B backup 120 base enclosure, spare part numbers 18, 29, 31 battery location 13 remov al 40 spare part number s 18, 27, 28, 40 battery bay 13 battery latch 13 battery light 10 Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD-RW Double- Layer Combo Drive removal 41 spare part numbers 21, 24, 28, 41 specifications 97 Bluetooth module removal 71 spare part number 18, 27, 71 Bluetooth module cab le, spare part number 18, 27, 29, 71 boot options 91 boot order 91 bottom componen ts 13 button components 7 button sound 91 buttons power 7 TouchPad 9 C cables, service consideration s 33 Card Reader Power Saving 91 changing the Setup Utility language 85 chipset, product description 2 CMOS clearing 37 components bottom 13 buttons 7 display 6 front 10 keys 8 left-side 12 rear 11 right-side 11 top 6 TouchPad 9 computer feet locations 39 spare part number 39 computer specifications 93 connectors power 12 service considerations 33 D Diagnostics menu 92 Digital Media Slot 12 Digital Media Slot light 12 diskette drive precautions 33 product description 3 display assembly remov al 57 spare part number s 16, 28, 30, 57 display bezel illustrated 22 remov al 59 spare part number s 22, 28, 29, 30, 59 display components recycling 131 spare part number s 22 display enclosure illustrated 23 spare part number s 23, 28, 30 display hing e illustrated 22 remov al 61 spare part number 22, 28, 61 Display Hing e Kit, spar e part number 22, 28, 61 display inverter illustrated 22 Index 137
removal 60 spare part numbe r 22, 28, 61 display panel illustrated 22 product description 2 removal 61 spare part numbe r 22, 27, 62 display panel brackets illustrated 22 removal 62 spare part numbe r 22, 28, 62 display panel cab le, spare part number 22, 29 Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 23, 29, 59 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 23, 28, 59 display specifications 94 displaying system information 86 docking support, pr oduct description 4 drive light 10 drives preventing damage 33 drives, boot order 91 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 33 removal 41 spare part numbers 21, 24, 28, 41 specifications 96 E electrostatic discharge 34 esc key 8 Ethernet, product description 3 exiting the Setu p Utility 88 external media cards, prod uct description 4 external monitor port location 12 pin assignments 125 F f11 123 fan always on 91 fan/heat sink assembly remov al 79 spare part number 18, 29, 79 feet locations 39 spare part number 39 fingerprint reader 85 fn key 8 front components 10 full system recovery 119 function keys 8 G graphics, product description 2 grounding equip ment and methods 36 H hard drive location 13 precautions 33 product description 3 remov al 43 spare part number s 18, 24, 28, 31, 43 specifications 95 hard drive bay 13 hard drive bracket, remova l 45 hard drive cover illustrated 23 remov al 44 Hard Drive Hardwa re Kit, spare part number 19, 24, 28, 43 hard drive self test 92 HDMI port 12 headphone jack location 10 pin assignments 124 I I/O address specification s 100 interrupt specifications 99 J jacks audio-in 10 audio-out 10 headphone 10 microphone 10 modem 11 network 12 RJ-11 11 RJ-45 12 K keyboard product description 4 removal 52 spare part numbers 16, 29, 52 keyboard cover removal 54 spare part numbe r 16, 29, 54 keypad keys 8 keys esc 8 fn 8 function 8 keypad 8 volume 8 Windows applications 8 Windows logo 8 L LAN Power Sav ing 91 language support 91 left-side components 12 lights AC adapter 12 battery 10 Digital Media Slot 12 drive 10 optical drive 11 power 10 M Main menu 89 mass storage devices, spare pa rt numbers 24 memory map specifications 102 memory module product description 2 removal 47 spare part numbers 19, 27, 47 memory module compartment 13 memory module compartment cover removal 47 memory test 92 138 Index
microphone illustrated 22 locations 7 product description 3 remov al 63 spare part number 22, 29, 63 microphone jack location 10 pin assignments 124 model name 1 modem jack location 11 pin assignments 126 modem module, product description 3 monitor port location 12 pin assignments 125 N navigating in the Setup Utility 86 network jack location 12 pin assignments 127 O operating system, product description 4 optical d rive location 11 precautions 33 product description 3 remov al 41 spare part number s 21, 24, 41 specifications 96, 97 optical drive light 11 P packing guideline s 35 password clearing 37 passwords 90 pin assignments audio-in jack 124 audio-out jack 124 external monitor po rt 125 headphone jack 124 microphone jack 124 modem jack 126 monitor port 125 network jack 127 RJ-11 126 RJ-45 jack 127 Universal Serial Bus (USB) port 128 plastic parts 32 Plastics Kit contents 23 spare part number 17, 23, 29 pointing device compone nts product de scription 4 TouchPad 9 TouchPad bu ttons 9 TouchPad light 9 TouchPad on/o ff button 9 vertical scroll zone 9 ports extern al monitor 12 HDMI 12 monitor 12 product de scription 4 Universal Serial Bus (USB) 11, 12 power button 7 power button board removal 56 spare part number 16, 29, 56 power connector 12 power connector cable removal 83 spare part number 18, 29, 83 power cord set require ments 129 spare part numbers 25, 30 power light 10 power requirements, product description 4 power-on pa ssword 9 0 processor product de scription 1 removal 82 spare part numbers 17, 26, 30, 82 processor bracket, spare part number 18, 29, 82 Processor C4 State 91 product description audio 3 chipset 2 diskette drive 3 display panel 2 docking support 4 Ethernet 3 external media cards 4 graphics 2 hard drives 3 keyboard 4 memory module 2 microphone 3 modem module 3 operating system 4 optical drives 3 pointing devices 4 ports 4 power requirements 4 processors 1 product name 1 security 4 serviceability 5 webcam 3 wireless 3 product name 1 R rear component 11 recovering a program or driver 119 recovering from the de dicated recovery partition 123 recovering from the recovery discs 123 recovery discs 119 Recovery Manager 119, 123 recovery partition 119 recovery, system 123 removal/replacement preliminaries 32 procedures 38 restore points 121 restoring default settings 87 right-side componen ts 11 RJ-11 connector cable remov al 77 spare part number 18, 29, 77 Index 139
RJ-11 jack location 11 pin assignments 126 RJ-45 jack location 12 pin assignments 127 RTC battery removal 46 spare part numbe r 19, 29, 46 Rubber Kit, spare part number 18, 29 S Screw Kit contents 103 spare part numbe r 25, 29 screw listing 103 secondary hard drive self test 92 security cable slot 11 Security menu 90 security, product description 4 selecting in the Setup Utility 86 serial number 14, 3 8 service considerations 32 serviceability, product description 5 Setup Utili ty overview 85 solid-state drive (SSD ) 11 9, 123 speakers removal 72 spare part numbe r 17, 29, 72 specifications Blu-ray BD-ROM with SuperMulti DVD±RW and CD- RW Double-Layer Combo Drive 97 computer 93 display 94 DVD±RW and CD-RW C ombo Drive 96 hard drive 95 I/O addresses 100 interrupts 99 memory map 102 optical drive 96, 97 system DMA 98 starting the Setup Utility 85 static-shielding materials 36 supported discs 120 system board remov al 74 spare part number s 17, 28, 30, 31, 74 System Configurati on menu 91 system DMA 98 system failure or instability 119 system information 89 system memory map 102 system recovery 123 system restore points 119 T tools required 32 top components 6 top cover remov al 64 spare part number 17, 29, 64 TouchPad 9 TouchPad button bo ard remov al 68 spare part number 17, 29, 68 TouchPad buttons 9 TouchPad components, illustrated 9 TouchPad light 9 TouchPad on/off bu tton 9 TouchPad on/off button board remov al 66 spare part number 17, 29, 66 transporting guidelines 35 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port location 11, 12 pin assignments 128 unknown password 37 USB board remov al 73 spare part number 18, 29, 73 USB board cable, spare pa rt number 18, 29, 73 V vents 11, 13 vertical scroll zone 9 Virtualization Technology 91 Volume keys 8 W webcam location 7 product description 3 webcam light 6 webcam module illustrated 22 removal 60 spare part numbe r 22, 29, 60 webcam module cabl e illustrated 22 spare part numbe r 22, 29 Windows applications key 8 Windows logo key 8 wireless antenna disconnecting 51 locations 6 removal 62 spare part numbe r 22, 63 Wireless Antenna Kit, spare part number 22 wireless button 7 wireless, produc t descriptio n 3 WLAN module removal 49 spare part numbers 19, 26, 27, 49 WLAN module compar tment 13 WLAN module compar tment cover illustrated 23 removal 51 workstation guidelines 35 140 Index